Quarterlytics / Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Gateley (Holdings) Plc

gtly · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker gtly
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 
for the year ended 30 April 2024
Fuelling growth through 
continuing investment 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc / Annual report and financial statements 2024
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
C

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
1
This year has been another strong 
one for Gateley. Our people have 
excelled in client delivery, they have 
continued to overcome every challenge 
presented to them, and have delivered 
further strategic progress for the 
business, combining to generate an 
excellent set of results.” 
Nigel Payne,  
Gateley Chairman
“
How we do this
We do this by:
	 being forward thinking about the services that we deliver 
to our clients and the working environment we provide 
for our people;
	 being straight talking about what matters, inside and 
outside of our business; and
	 thinking differently about what we do and how we do it.
What we do
We deliver professional services which enable our 
clients to solve the challenges that they are facing or to 
maximise the opportunities they are pursuing, without 
ever losing sight of what makes us Gateley: our Gateley 
Team Spirit values. 
1
Why we do what we do
Our purpose is to deliver 
results that delight our clients, 
inspire our people and support 
our communities.
Forward thinking
Straight talking
Contents
Business overview 
Highlights for the year
3
At a glance 
5
Our story
6
Business overview
8
Continued investment in our Platform strategy
10
Investment in our people
16
Investment for growth
18
Responsible Gateley
19
Strategic report
Chairman’s statement 
26
Chief Executive Officer’s review 
28
Chief Financial Officer’s review 
34
Principal activity, objectives, strategy and outlook
40
Principal risks and uncertainties 
44
Section 172(1) statement 
48
Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures
49
Environmental actions statement
54
Social matters
56
Corporate governance
Board of Directors 
60
Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure
62
Directors’ report
69
Our financials
Independent auditors’ report to the members of  
  Gateley (Holdings) plc
74
Consolidated statement of profit and loss and other  
  comprehensive income
82
Consolidated statement of financial position 
83
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
85
Consolidated cash flow statement 
87 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
88
Parent company statement of financial position
124
Parent company statement of changes in equity 
125
Parent company cash flow statement 
126
Parent company notes to the financial statements 
127
Notice of annual general meeting 
139
Company information 
147

Highlights for the year
I am pleased with our FY24 outturn given our cautious 
view of market conditions during the Period, particularly 
around the turn of the calendar year in H2. Our people 
have worked hard to deliver another year of growth via our 
increasingly diverse and resilient business model, combining 
complementary legal and consultancy services. 
During the Period we continued to make organic and 
acquisitive investments in both our legal and consultancy 
services and in related systems. RJA Consultants was 
acquired onto our Property Platform in July 2023, adding 
further expertise and capacity to our quantity surveying 
and project management offering. It is already performing 
ahead of the board's expectation. 
Our legal services class actions team, established in May 
2023, launched its first case in late February 2024. Our 
investment in this team is a high-profile example of the 
type of investment that we are looking to make to enhance 
our returns over the medium to longer-term. Our M&A 
and lateral hire pipeline remains encouraging and we are 
committed to further enhancing each of our Platforms as 
suitable opportunities arise, aided by our net cash position 
and ample headroom in our banking facilities.
Looking forward, we are encouraged by strengthening 
transactional activity levels, which began in Q4 FY24. Our 
immediate outlook is best characterised as cautiously 
optimistic. Our resilient and financially robust foundation, 
allied to our unbroken track-record of growth, underpins our 
confidence to continue our long-term strategy of investment 
in people and systems. This strategy has worked well for us 
since IPO in 2015 and through disciplined application of it, 
we ensure that the Group remains well-positioned for further 
growth and enhanced returns for all stakeholders."
Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer of Gateley, said:
“
Fuelling growth 
through continuing investment 
The Group delivered a good financial performance in FY24, increasing revenue by 6.0% to £172.5m, extending Gateley's unbroken record of 
revenue growth since IPO in 2015. The board continued to invest for growth in line with its stated strategy and was pleased to deliver underlying 
profit before tax of £23.0m (FY23: £25.1m) after reinstating the payment of employee bonuses this year of £4.5m (FY23: £nil),  
in recognition of our people's contribution to a resilient outturn and our more positive outlook as we move into FY25.
The balance sheet remains strong, maintaining a net cash position. The Group has significant headroom in its banking facilities to enable further 
investment in organic and acquisitive opportunities.
Underlying
FY24
FY23
Change
Group revenue
£172.5m
£162.7m
6.0%
Group underlying operating profit1
£20.3m
£25.0m
(18.9)%
Group underlying profit before tax1
£23.0m
£25.1m
(8.1)%
Underlying adjusted fully diluted EPS2
14.20p
16.28p
(12.8)%
Dividend per share
9.5p
9.5p
-%
Net assets
£80.3m
£78.1m
2.8%
Net cash3
£3.8m
£4.3m
(11.6)%
Reported
FY24
FY23
Change
Group profit before tax
£14.0m
£16.2m
(13.9)%
Group profit after tax
£10.1m
£12.2m
(17.7)%
Basic earnings per share ('BEPS')
7.74p
9.77p
(20.8)%
1	 Underlying operating profit and underlying profit 
before tax excludes remuneration for post-
combination services, gain on bargain purchase, 
share-based payment charges, acquisition related 
amortisation and exceptional items
2	 Adjusted fully diluted EPS excludes remuneration 
for post-combination services, gain on bargain 
purchase, share-based payment charges, acquisition 
related amortisation and exceptional items. It also 
adjusts for the future weighted average number 
of expected unissued shares from granted but 
unexercised share options in issue based on a share 
price at the end of the financial year
3	 Net cash excludes IFRS 16 liabilities
We present below our financial performance for the Period both on an underlying and statutory basis. 
Diversified business model yielding organic 
revenue growth of 2.8%, comprising 0.8% 
in Legal and 9.1% in Consultancy services
Consultancy revenues now 28.9% of the 
Group (FY23: 25.7%)
Steadily improving activity throughout Q4 
(and ongoing) resulted in utilisation of 
83% for the Period, just below the Group's 
operational target of 85%. 
Operating profit margin, on a pre-bonus 
basis, decreased 1.0% to 14.4% (FY23: 
15.4%), reflecting salary and other 
cost inflation and ongoing organic and 
acquisitive investment
Underlying operating profit margin 
of 11.7% (FY23: 15.4%) reflects the 
reinstatement of Group staff bonuses
Net assets increased by 2.8% to £80.3m 
(FY23: £78.1m), including net cash of 
£3.8m (FY23: £4.3m)
Proposed final dividend of 6.2p (FY23: 
6.2p), taking total dividends for the Period 
to 9.5p per share (FY23: 9.5p)
Average headcount at 30 April 2024 
increased by 6.7% to 1,536 (FY23: 
1,439), including an increase in fee 
earning professional staff of 6.8% from 
1,000 to 1,068
Fuelling growth through investment 
in diversification and strategic hires, 
including:
•	 Continued execution of M&A strategy 
with the July 2023 acquisition of Richard 
Julian and Associates Limited ("RJA")
•	 Strategic hiring onto the Business 
Services Platform to seed legal 
services class actions and international 
arbitration businesses and to create an 
intellectual property commercialisation 
and valuation offering in our patent and 
trademark attorney businesses
Non-dilutive recirculation of internal 
share ownership facilitated in April 2024 
with the Group's Employee Benefit Trust 
purchasing shares to fulfil anticipated FY25 
restricted share scheme awards
The Group continues to perform well 
against its strategy set out at IPO, being 
to generate growth and resilience through 
diversification, delivering strong returns 
for our stakeholders
Ongoing investment for short-term 
margin stability followed by long term 
improvement
FY25 has started in line with the board's 
expectations, with a good pipeline of work, 
including steadily improving transactional 
services activity
Financial highlights 
Operational highlights 
Current trading and outlook 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
3
2
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Who are we?
People  
Platform
part of Gateley
Corporate 
Platform
Property 
Platform
VINDEN
	 An unbroken track record of revenue and profit 
growth through multiple economic cycles.
	 6% revenue growth in FY24 to £172.5m, with net 
assets of £80.3m.
	 Attractive income stream with 70% of adjusted 
post-tax profits earmarked for dividends.
Delivering results
	 1536 employees, of which over 1000 are fee earners.
	 159 internal promotions during FY24.
	 The only UK legal business to be ranked in the Glassdoor top 
25 best companies for senior leadership.
	 70% of employees are share or option holders.
	 5 employee community groups to support diversity, 
inclusion and belonging.
	 Investors in People accredited.
	 In 2023 our CEO was recognised in The Lawyer’s Hot 100 for 
business leadership and setting the benchmark for listed law 
firms.
	 Winner of the 2024 Birmingham Law Society ‘Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion’ award. 
Inspiring our people
	 Rated 5 star/excellent on independent legal 
review platform, Review Solicitors.
	 Winner of the ‘Legal/Professional Team of the 
Year’ award at Property Week’s RESI Awards 
2024.
	 Winner UK Law Firm of the Year 2023 Insider 
Midlands Residential Property Awards and 
shortlisted in the 2024 Insider North West 
Residential Property Awards.
	 Listed in six areas in 2024 The Times Best Law 
Firms.
	 Shortlisted as Corporate Law Firm of the Year at 
the 2024 Dealmakers Awards in the Midlands.
	 Shortlisted for residential property and dispute 
resolution in the 2023 Yorkshire Legal Awards.
	 Shortlisted as Regional Law Firm of the Year in 
the 2023 Real Deals Private Equity Awards.
 	Recognised in 47 areas by Legal 500 2024 and 28 
areas by Chambers & Partners 2024.
Delighting our clients
Our business model creates a platform for scalable and sustainable growth. Our strong market 
reputation and the culture and Gateley Team Spirit that sits at the heart of our business 
enables the delivery of integrated legal and complementary business services across our four 
market facing Platforms.
	 A commitment to achieving net zero by 2040 and with a 
carbon reduction plan to reduce emissions by 50% by 2030.
	 Sustainability Task Force reports progress to the Strategic 
Board on a monthly basis identifying risks, opportunities and 
progress made.
	 Strong sustainability governance framework with Strategic 
Board accountability which ensures that climate-related risks 
are managed in line with our Group-wide risk management 
framework.
	 Taskforce on Climate Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) 
included within our FY24 Annual Report.
	 An active CSR programme through our Gateley Gives 
committees in each office which fundraised over £100,000 
last year.
Supporting our 
communities
At a glance
Our purpose is to deliver results that delight our clients, 
inspire our people and support our communities
Business Services 
Platform
part of Gateley
£172.5m
2024 
turnover
One of the things I think we all really value is when the 
advice is tailored to us and Gateley manage to show a real 
understanding of not just the business but also how we like to 
operate. Ideagen is a fast-paced business where you need to be 
readily adaptable to potential changes in business strategy 
or the marketplace, and I think that Gateley being able to get 
on board with that and deliver advice (particularly where 
potential disputes are concerned) is really useful and allows 
us to manage stakeholders internally in an effective way.”
VP Legal Operations, Ideagen
Gateley is a formidable legal and 
advisory firm, evident from its wide 
client base and extensive services. We 
were particularly impressed by Gateley’s 
steadfast commitment to ESG initiatives, 
and DEI, showcasing the company’s 
determination to make a positive impact.”
Judges at Property Week RESI Awards 2024
22
UK locations
1500
people
Over
5
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
4

Acquired Tozer 
Gallagher which  
now sits within 
Gateley Vinden
Acquired Tweed 
Law and The Vinden 
Partnership (now 
Gateley Vinden)
Acquired Persona 
Associates  
(now part of Gateley 
Hamer) and t-three
Acquired GCL 
Solicitors, Kiddy 
& Partners and 
International 
Investment Services 
(now Gateley Global)
Acquired Capitus 
Ltd and Hamer 
Associates forming 
Gateley Capitus and 
Gateley Hamer
We entered a new 
chapter with a UK 
law firm first, putting 
aside the traditional 
equity partnership 
model to go Plc
Acquired Adamson 
Jones, Symbiosis IP 
and Smithers Purslow 
forming Gateley 
Smithers Purslow
Acquired RJA 
Associates now 
Gateley RJA
Established our class actions 
practice, Austen Hays, and 
launched our first claim in 
February 2024.
Our story starts in Victorian Birmingham – the then 
workshop of the world. Solicitors Stephen Gateley & Sons 
was founded to help forward thinking Victorians prosper.
Two centuries later, and our approach is still about thinking 
ahead. Looking to the future to ensure the success of our 
clients, our business and our people.
Our story
2016
2018
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
2015
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
7
6
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Our purpose
To deliver results that delight our clients, 
inspire our people and support our 
communities.
Strategic 
ambitions 
To diversify, differentiate and incentivise by 
being forward thinking about the services we 
deliver to our clients, the working environment 
we provide for our people and by being straight 
talking about what matters, inside and out of 
the business.
Our advisers deliver 
professional services to 
incredible clients every day to 
enable them to compete in an 
ever-changing and competitive 
business environment, helping 
them to face tough challenges, 
to seize opportunities and to 
create profitable, resilient and 
purpose-led businesses.
Business Model 
Our business model creates a platform for scalable and sustainable growth. Our strong 
market reputation and the culture and Gateley Team Spirit that sits at the heart of our 
business enables the delivery of integrated legal and complementary business services 
across our four market facing Platforms.
Business Services
Dealing with disputes that arise during everyday operations or change programmes, or 
managing unexpected crisis scenarios, needs a decisive response. Our business services 
experts help to address risks effectively, to assess the options, protect reputations and 
ensure financial and team stability. 
The Platform combines the considerable commercial expertise of our IP and dispute 
resolution lawyers with that of Patent and Trade Mark Attorneys within Adamson Jones and 
Symbiosis IP. During the last year we established our legal services class actions practice, 
Austen Hays who have since launched their first case.
Corporate 
Brings together the skills of corporate and banking and finance, tax and restructuring 
lawyers in Gateley Legal with the inward investment experience of consultants within 
Gateley Global.
With corporate activity at the heart of our business, we advise private and public 
companies, owner-managed businesses, and entrepreneurs at every stage of their corporate 
lifecycle from start up to exit, dealing with all aspects of managing financial and governance 
responsibilities along the way.
People 
Connecting the advisory skills of our leadership and development consultancies t-three and 
Kiddy & Partners with the expertise of our employment and pensions lawyers within Gateley 
Legal and the independent pension trustees within Entrust.
The People Platform also includes a strong private client team with experts in private wealth 
matters for individuals based in England and internationally, private wealth disputes and 
family issues.
With a team of people development consultants, pensions advisers and lawyers, we help 
employers fix the people issues that arise within organisations in everyday operations 
and change projects. We enable businesses to become fitter for the future, flexing the 
implemented solutions in response to changing economic and social contexts.
Property 
Within this Platform, Gateley Legal lawyers advise on construction, planning, residential 
development, real estate finance, development and disputes and investment. Our property 
tax specialists within Gateley Capitus combine with the built environment consultants in 
Gateley Vinden (incorporating Tozer Gallagher) and Gateley Hamer to offer a one stop 
shop for all real estate needs. Our Property Platform is further complemented by Gateley 
Smithers Purslow and Gateley RJA, specialist providers of surveying services, principally to 
the insurance industry and the affordable housing market.
Our team of surveyors, property tax consultants and lawyers work with property investors, 
owners, occupiers and developers at every stage of the property lifecycle, from opportunity 
identification through to the use and commercialisation of property assets.
How we operate
Growth drivers 
Delivering results for long term success
Organically
Enhanced opportunity to grow 
Gateley organically, including lateral 
hires of individuals or teams.
Our clients 
Delivering results that delight our clients by being forward thinking, 
straight talking, working in collaboration and being ambitious for 
their success.
Diversification
Making selective acquisitions including 
(i) other legal firms which offer 
geographical expansion or additional 
specialist services (ii) professional 
consultancy service businesses 
offering complementary services.
Our colleagues 
Inspiring our people, incentivising their hard work and providing a 
diverse and inclusive working environment that gives them room to 
breathe and opportunity to develop.
Our communities
Supporting the communities in which we work and measuring our 
social impact so we can provide the right support and make progress 
in the future. 
Our investors 
Delivering excellent returns and demonstrating that our shareholders’ 
investments are in safe hands.
Our suppliers
Building mutually beneficial relationships and long-term, sustainable 
partnerships.
Our environment
Taking ownership for the things we can do as a business and 
individuals to protect and repair our planet now and for future 
generations.
Platforms
Building out the Group’s four 
Platforms which comprise clusters 
of complementary Group services 
presenting a broader and more 
compelling offering to our clients. 
Incentivisation
Alignment through share 
participation of the interests of 
shareholders (including employee 
shareholders) with those of the 
business, aiding retention of staff and 
widening our recruitment appeal.
Business 
overview
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
9
8
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Since IPO we have funded a progressive investment strategy 
to fuel our future growth. This year we have continued 
to invest in people and systems to progress our strategy 
of building a diverse and resilient professional services 
business, delivered through each of our four Platforms of 
Business Services, Corporate, People and Property. 
Our ongoing M&A strategy saw us acquire RJA Consultants onto our Property Platform in July 
2023 adding further expertise and capacity to our quantity surveying and project management 
offering. It is already performing ahead of the board's expectations. 
Our legal services class actions team, established as law firm, Austen Hays in May 2023, 
launched its first case in late February 2024. Our investment in this team is a high-profile 
example of the type of investment that we are looking to make to enhance our returns 
over the medium to longer-term. We also invested in an international arbitration team by 
making a couple of significant lateral hires from a Magic Circle firm, another example of 
new specialist services, which are beginning to deliver complex long-term mandates.
Once again, our outturn for this year was underpinned by the range and quality of 
legal and consultancy services offered through our Platforms. Our stated strategic 
plan at IPO was to create resilience by diversifying our revenue streams. Nine 
years and 14 acquisitions later, the diversity of services we can offer helped us 
weather the impact of reduced transactional services activity throughout most 
of the year, enabling us to maintain our unbroken record of year-on-year 
revenue growth.
Our proposition remains unique; the ability to deliver complementary legal 
and consultancy services to clients in our chosen markets. We continue to 
appraise acquisition opportunities on each of our Platforms. 
Continued investment in 
our Platform strategy 
 Real Estate	
16%
 Housebuilding	
26%
 Construction	
13%
 Planning	
3%
 Disputes	
2%
 Consultancy	
40%
Property
 Employment	
31%
 Pensions	
20%
 Private Client	
21%
 Consultancy	
28%
People
 Banking	
19%
 Corporate	
52%
 Commercial	
7%
 Restructuring	
16%
 Tax	
5%
 Consultancy	
2%
Corporate
 Commercial Litigation	
43%
 Complex and International  
Dispute Resolution	
15%
 Regulatory	
8%
 IPCT	
8%
 Consultancy	
26%
Business 
Services
FY24 Platform highlights - Platform Mix
Our stated strategic plan at 
IPO was to create resilience by 
diversifying our revenue streams. 
Nine years and 14 acquisitions 
later the diversity of services we 
can offer has helped to maintain 
our unbroken record of year-on-
year revenue growth.”“
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
10
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
11

Business Services
Platform 
Richard Healey
Partner and Business Services Platform Head
Revenue on this Platform 
grew by 14.0% to £24.9m, 
underpinned by consistently 
good activity throughout 
the Period across the 
Platform's legal services 
dispute resolution teams, 
allied to strong performance 
from the Platform's patent 
and trademark attorney 
businesses. 
In legal services, our regulatory and 
business defence team had a record 
year, which is reflective of clients' needs 
for specialist advice in an increasingly 
regulated environment across all sectors. 
In addition, the dispute resolution teams 
saw an increase in demand from both 
UK and overseas clients. Projects from 
overseas clients include a return of some 
activity in Central Europe alongside new 
mandates from clients in the Middle East 
and Africa. These are representative 
of new, strategically agile, steps to win 
specialist work in new regions. 
Buoyed by recent success in growing 
dispute resolution services, we continue 
to make strategic investment in 
specialist service lines, predominantly in 
competition litigation, class actions and 
international arbitration where, in all 
cases, we see huge opportunity. 
Our recently recruited and highly 
regarded senior experts in international 
arbitration are winning new work 
and forging strong credentials for us. 
Alongside this, our recently formed 
specialist class actions team has now 
launched its first case. 
In consultancy services, activity in our 
growing patent and trademark attorney 
business was strong throughout the 
Period. Its outturn was enhanced by 
the first full year contribution from 
Symbiosis, specialising in the life sciences 
industry and adding to Adamson Jones' 
expertise in engineering, medical devices, 
pharmaceuticals and biotechnology. Both 
businesses are working well together 
and with related legal services across 
the Group and on shared opportunities. 
We will continue to build critical mass in 
these services where typical projects are 
long-dated and our expertise is highly 
valued by clients whose businesses are 
founded upon ideas and inventions 
that need to be protected to preserve 
value. More UK and international client 
opportunities exist here and will be 
realised as we progress our strategy to 
grow our business in this space.
In aggregate, consultancy revenue now 
represents 26.0% (FY23: 22.9%) of 
Business Services Platform revenue.
Corporate 
Platform 
Charles Glaskie
Partner and Corporate Platform Head 
Our Corporate Platform 
focuses on the corporate, 
financial services and 
restructuring markets 
in both transaction and 
business support services. 
Currently, this Platform is dominated 
by legal services, some of which 
were challenged by lower volumes of 
transactional activity during most of 
FY24. As a result, the Platform's revenue 
decreased by 4.4% to £37.1m. However, it 
delivered a strong contribution margin. 
It is likely that the Corporate Platform will 
always be legal services dominated, with 
the transactional teams on the Platform 
drawing support, particular to each 
transaction, from legal and consultancy 
services on other Platforms.
Whilst constrained for most of FY24, 
corporate transactional activity started to 
return strongly in Q4, particularly with our 
private equity clients and in wider M&A. 
The corporate team generated a pipeline 
in that period comprising an impressive 
list of complex, high-value transactions 
across a wide range of sectors, which 
utilised additional legal and consultancy 
services across the Group. Ultimately, 
the team had another good year and 
the corporate unit remains our biggest 
internal referrer of business, with most, 
if not all, other teams benefitting in some 
way. The pipeline into FY25 is good. 
This pattern is also reflected in our 
banking team, which had a stronger 
Q4 following a subdued period due to 
reduced corporate transactions and bank 
lending. There was some offset in the 
form of an increase in loan covenant reset 
and refinancing work, which enabled the 
team to maintain revenue levels in Period 
in line with FY23. This is an excellent 
example of pro and counter-cyclical 
revenue opportunities which exist in 
almost all of our legal service lines.
Our restructuring and recovery teams 
are a natural counterweight to traditional 
transactional activity and following a 
sustained period of quiet trading conditions 
for some years now, revenue levels rose by 
20.8% in FY24, as government pandemic 
support for companies unwound and 
inflationary pressures and interest rate 
increases impacted UK businesses. Activity 
remains strong in these teams. Mandates 
have been generated both in-market and 
internally, including working alongside 
experts in Gateley Vinden and our legal 
services construction unit in delivery of 
market-leading services to insurers who 
have bonded construction projects that 
have become distressed.
In consultancy services, the team at 
Gateley Global closed out a significant 
contract providing services to help public 
and private sector global clients realise 
their international expansion plans, inward 
and outward of the UK. In addition, the 
team is a consistent cross-referrer of 
revenue to other parts of the Group 
as clients require mixed services to 
implement expansion.
Legal (3.1)% / Consulting (49.4)%
£37.0m
(4.4)%
TOTAL REVENUE
Corporate 
 Legal 99% 
  Consulting 1%
Legal +9.5% / Consulting +29.3%
£24.9m
+14.0%
TOTAL REVENUE
Business Services
 Legal 74% 
  Consulting 26%
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
13
12
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

People 
Platform 
Property 
Platform 
Our Property Platform 
focuses on clients’ activities 
in real estate development 
and investment and in the 
built environment in the 
widest sense.
This remains our most diverse and mature 
Platform and we maintain our view that 
the range of expertise now housed on this 
Platform puts us in a position to compete 
with well-established, multi-disciplinary 
property consultancies in the wider 
market. Despite a very challenging back 
drop for the property sector, revenue on 
our Property Platform grew by 11.4% to 
£91.0m during FY24 (FY23: £81.6m). 
Whilst activity in the wider commercial 
property market eased in FY23 (and 
continued to be subdued throughout most 
of FY24), we saw and continue to see an 
increase in non-transactional advisory and 
dispute resolution services. This includes 
helping our wide range of residential 
development clients navigate regulation 
under the high-profile Building Safety Act 
(post-Grenfell) and advising on related 
remediation projects. This is long-dated, 
specialist work in which we continue to 
invest. Our construction team had a record 
year and continues to be very busy. Our 
real estate development team - a market 
leader in the warehousing and logistics 
sector had a slower start to the year before 
returning strongly to growth. Elsewhere, 
prevailing market conditions have resulted 
in an increase in work helping or opposing 
organisations seeking to exit commercially 
onerous contracts.
In our market-leading house-builder 
team, we continue to act for all of the 
top developers, many of whom have 
significantly reduced their panel of advisors 
in favour of larger providers who cover 
all bases, which describes Gateley both 
geographically and in service lines, and this 
should result in more work for the team. 
Our clients need to continue to build and 
sell and have other areas for which they 
require our services. This includes shared 
ownership framework agreements, bulk 
sales to housing associations and build-
to-rent investors and housing-led urban 
regeneration. We act for all of the leading 
developers in this space and offer a unique 
combination of legal and consultancy 
services covering whole project life cycles.
In consultancy services, Gateley Smithers 
Purslow ("GSP"), who deliver specialist 
services to the property insurance complex 
claims market, contributed revenue of 
£17.6m (FY23: £13.7m), representing 
annualised growth for that business of 
28.5%. We also saw strong revenue growth 
of 14.7% from Gateley Vinden's broad 
range of specialist services. 
Our acquisition of surveyors Richard 
Julian and Associates Limited ("RJA") 
in July 2023 extends our reach to 
organisations that deliver affordable 
housing, a resilient sector underpinned by 
high levels of grant to support delivery of 
the Government's housing targets. The 
team also has specialists in major loss 
property claims, which enhances related 
expertise in both GSP and Gateley Vinden. 
RJA has had an excellent start in Group, 
exceeding expectation.
FY24 consultancy revenue represented 
40.5% (FY23: 38.1%) of Property 
Platform revenue.
Our People Platform 
supports clients in dealing 
with and developing people 
and in administering 
individuals’ personal affairs. 
The team help employers 
fix the people issues that 
arise within organisations 
in everyday operations and 
change projects. 
Revenue on this Platform contracted 
by 4.3% due, in part, to a reduction 
in headcount and reorganisation of 
our legal services private client team 
and a drop-off in required support 
to transactional teams from our legal 
services employment team.
We saw strong off-set to the above from 
our legal services pension team and our 
pension trustee business Entrust which, 
together, grew revenue by 30.7%. 
These relatively predictable revenue 
streams are a further example of 
deliberately designed resilience in our 
model. This is a sector where we are 
keen to make further investment to 
service the increase in the number of 
pension schemes looking to complete 
all liability buy-outs, and/or out-source 
management of their pension schemes, 
working with Entrust.
t-three and Kiddy & Partners, our 
talent assessment, development and 
cultural change businesses, continue to 
attract significantly sized clients buying 
dual services, with particular focus on 
scalable products to high growth clients. 
They were pleased to maintain revenue 
at £6.0m (FY23: £6.2m) alongside a 
strong pipeline as organisations continue 
to develop their people and/or transform 
in some way.
In aggregate, consultancy revenue now 
represents 30.8% of People Platform 
revenue.
Andrew Macmillan
Partner and People Platform Head
Callum Nuttall
Partner and Property Platform Head
Legal +2.4% / Consulting +13.4%
£91.0m
+11.4%
TOTAL REVENUE
Property
 Legal 60% 
  Consulting 40%
Legal (5.2)% / Consulting (2.2)%
£19.6m
(4.3)%
TOTAL REVENUE
People
 Legal 69% 
  Consulting 31%
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
15
14
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

A culture and working environment to be proud of 
Creating a sense of belonging and a culture where everyone can 
be themselves has always been part of our purpose and how we 
inspire our people. Our five internal community groups, Pride; 
Ability; Inspire; Thrive and Unity are an example of how we achieve 
this. These internal communities ensure we have a place of debate 
where our people can learn from each other, educate one another 
and celebrate differences. 
Winners of the 2024 Birmingham Law Society ‘Equality, Diversity 
and Inclusion’ award, we appreciate and support the contribution 
that people from diverse backgrounds bring to our organisation 
and we are proud that Glassdoor recognised us as the only UK 
legal business to be ranked in the top 25 best companies for senior 
leadership.
We are also proud to have placed in the top 100 employers 
nationally in this year’s Stonewall Workplace Equality Index. The 
index shows our progress in the legal table as we climb 50 places 
compared to last year. As a top 100 employer we join several top 
legal, construction, health, finance and education organisations 
who have been praised for creating a welcoming workplace where 
LGBTQ+ employees can bring their full selves to work.
Every October we recognise people from across the business who 
have been nominated by their colleagues for our annual Gateley 
Team Spirit Awards. A number of finalists are selected by a judging 
panel to attend the annual award ceremony, hosted by our CEO 
and winners are presented with their trophies and a prize as 
acknowledgment of their achievements under our Gateley Team 
Spirit values. These values are working together, being ambitious 
for success, giving colleagues room to breathe, being forward 
thinking and being trusted to do. We also recognise excellence in 
leadership and colleagues who are delivering stellar results across 
our four Platforms.
In addition, our landmark annual internal conferences are a key 
component in arming our leadership and senior managers with 
the tools needed to develop and help our business to grow while 
ensuring they are supporting their teams to do the same.
This year’s theme was ‘Ambitious for Success: Gateley 2027’ where 
we considered our growth ambitions and targets for the next three 
years and how we are going to work together to realise those 
ambitions. 
Supporting career aspirations
The career paths at Gateley and the way we incentivise 
our people as part of that are different to many traditional 
professional services businesses and the broad range of career 
opportunities we offer is attractive. We continue to evolve our 
people strategies to drive a stimulating, purposeful and rewarding 
environment in which our people can work towards achieving 
their career aspirations. During the summer we announced a 
total of 159 internal promotions for our fee earner and business 
support teams and celebrated this right across the Group. 
A transparent equity journey 
Part of our strategy set out at IPO focuses on our ability to be 
able to incentivise our people in a way that creates an attractive 
alternative to the competing LLP model. 
During FY24 we issued circa 3.4m shares to participants across 
our various share schemes. All of this is in line with our strategy 
of creating wider equity participation for more of our people. 
Nine years post IPO, 70 per cent of our people are either share or 
option holders.
We compete in a sector in which potential overall reward for 
the best emerging and senior people is high but we operate a 
model that enables us to reward our people with equity at an 
earlier stage on the career path and to spread that reward more 
widely than might be the case in a tightly held equity partnership 
structure.
Our Restricted Share Award Plan is pointed at senior leaders in 
the business (meaning partners and partner equivalents). The 
plan gives recipients immediate economic interest in the awarded 
shares, subject only to a five year retention and non-dealing 
restriction. The plan has been well received both internally and 
by lateral hires. We see huge value in it as an almost unique way 
of attracting and retaining quality senior people. The plan makes 
our internal equity journey powerfully different, transparent and 
meaningful.
Investment 
in our people
Our business continues its unbroken track record of growth because we 
have determined, productive and adaptable people on our side. We do 
not underestimate this and understand that it is one of the reasons we 
have been well placed to meet the challenges of the macro business 
environment of the last few years. 
The investment we make in attracting, developing and motivating our 
people remains a priority and is key to ensuring our culture evolves in 
the right way and that we can continue to innovate and realise our 
growth ambitions. 
Recognising our people’s career aspirations with  
159 promotions across the business.
17
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
16

Investment 
for growth
Our investment in organic and 
acquisitive growth this year has 
been focused on supporting 
capacity in services that have 
proven resilience and seeding 
or enhancing new specialist 
services and those where we 
have deep sector expertise. 
Our investments are for long-term returns and are exampled 
this year by our acquisition of RJA Consultants, giving us deeper 
specialist reach into the UK property market and through our 
investment in class actions and international arbitration.
AI is at the top of our agenda and is a priority area for capital allocation, 
alongside investment in acquisitions and people. We are very aware that 
investment in suitably developed product will positively enhance the delivery 
of some of our services and realise efficiencies which help us improve our 
profitability. We have a cross-disciplinary steering group reporting directly to 
the board on product assessment, procurement and integration. Our investment 
this year has included recruitment of a specialist in-house AI development team to 
create bespoke applications for both service delivery and internal uses. 
Our development program will provide applications for use on each of our client-facing 
Platforms and for our business support functions. The first of our internally designed 
applications has just been launched for use by the residential development team on our 
Property Platform. It significantly improves turnaround of the process that it is designed for 
and is verificatory of the value of the ongoing investment that we will continue to make in AI 
driven product. 
During the year we also acquired new systems to support the on-boarding of our class action 
claims through the team we have established at Austen Hays. This is specialist, long-term, high 
value work which requires a bespoke technology platform, in which we have invested £0.5m so far 
for current and future benefit.
Our commitment to Responsible Business is not just a 
part of our corporate strategy, it’s also a guiding principle 
that influences every decision we make as a business. 
We believe that business success and social progress go hand in hand and through our annual 
Responsible Business Report we aim to transparently share our challenges, achievements and 
ambitions and hope that by doing so we can continue to inspire change within and beyond our 
organisation.
Looking ahead, we have established a new set of objectives that align with the United Nations 
Sustainable Development Goals (UN SDGs), with the aim to further strengthen the assistance we offer to 
our communities. By aligning with the UN SDGs, it provides a strategic framework to address sustainability 
challenges and ensures we are contributing to a universal agenda.
Responsible 
Gateley
Our commitment to being a Responsible Business 
remains a key part of how we do business. Together with 
our supportive colleagues, clients and stakeholders, we 
continue our journey in making a positive impact that 
resonates within and beyond our corporate walls.” 
Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer, Gateley
Inspiring change within  
and beyond Gateley
To find out more about the UN Sustainable Development goals visit:  
https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/
UN Sustainable Development Goals include:
Our latest report outlines a new 
set of objectives for the current 
year to help us to continue to 
evolve and make good progress 
towards our ESG goals. You can view 
our latest report here or by visiting: 
https://gateleyplc.com/about-us/ethos/a-
responsible-business/
Responsible Business 
Report 2024
Inspiring 
change
within and 
beyond Gateley
Earlier this year our class actions business, Austen Hays filed its first claim in the High Court against Grindr in the UK. 
Grindr is the world’s largest LGBTQ+ social networking and dating app and is accused of sharing its app users' sensitive 
personal data between 2018 and 2020 potentially affecting thousands of UK Grindr app users.
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
19
18
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

23/24 review of set objectives
Evaluating the value and impact of our efforts is as crucial as the actions we take, as it helps us understand where we are 
making a difference and how we can improve and progress over time. 
Here’s a summary of our progress on the goals we set ourselves during this financial year:
Responsible Gateley
continued
Collaborating with educators, charities  
and partner organisations
We collaborate with an incredibly diverse range of communities.
Organisations of all different sizes, in a variety of sectors, with distinct and shared challenges and ambitions. Over the 
last year we have collaborated to share good practices and create opportunities to listen and learn from one another. 
We believe that by working together towards a common goal we can continue to deliver great results.
Volunteering plays an important part of our purpose by supporting communities. Since introducing our volunteering 
policy, which grants our people 15 hours annually to dedicate to good causes they care about, we’ve worked hard over 
the past 12 months to embed this policy across the Group. All activities are recorded on our Social Impact Dashboard 
(SID) so we can measure our impact and keep a track of progress made. 
ability
Supporting employees with disabilities and 
raising awareness around neurodiversity
inspire
Nurturing our talent and supporting 
their careers
thrive
Taking care of the health and wellbeing 
of all our employees
pride
Supporting our LGBTQ+ community, 
raising awareness across our business and 
collaborating with related external charities, 
groups and networks
unity
Recognising, celebrating and supporting 
people from different cultures, religions 
and backgrounds
Delivering impactful change
We aim to deliver impactful change within the 
community, fostering growth and creating a 
holistic approach to health and happiness. 
By collaborating with local organisations and adopting innovative 
approaches, we have implemented initiatives that are both meaningful and 
sustainable. Our achievements underscore our commitment to create 
vibrant, supportive communities, where individuals can thrive and 
achieve their full potential.
Secure a new partnership with an 
environmental charity to support our 
sustainability action plan which is focused  
on taking positive climate action. 
We have partnered with the Heart of England Forest as a Forest Founder, which sees us play 
a crucial role in creating and preserving great native woodland. 
Collaborate on community initiatives with 
clients.
During the year we have collaborated with several of our clients on volunteering and D&I 
activities. This includes engaging with our clients’ CSR teams as a knowledge sharing activity. 
Increase employee engagement in 
community activities, doubling the number of 
recorded activities.
We have more than doubled the number of activities with good causes from 95 in 2022 to 
192 in 2023. 
Embed Alzheimer’s Research UK as our 
new charity partner focusing on World 
Alzheimer’s Month across the Group in 
September. 
We shined a light on World Alzheimer’s Month by fundraising more than £5,000 through 
our ‘Wear it Orange’ campaign and raised awareness by challenging the stigma surrounding 
Alzheimer’s and dementia. The campaign saw our people wear orange wristbands, badges 
and clothing as well as undertaking a charity skydive and an all-orange charity trolley 
providing refreshments and games.
Introduce the menopause café to take 
forward our commitment to the Workplace 
Menopause Pledge. 
We launched a monthly menopause café to make sure anyone going through the 
perimenopause and menopause is supported. We currently have 55 colleagues signed up to 
take part in these sessions. 
Launch a Responsible Business podcast. 
The Purpose Pod was launched in September 2023. Each episode shares insight from the 
forward thinkers we engage with as a business as we delve into what inspires them, how they 
support communities across the UK and how our own social values bring them together to 
improve society. 
Partner with more schools through an 
outreach programme aligned to our offices 
to encourage more diversity of candidates 
applying for roles in law in the future.
We partnered with more schools to support a range of students of various ages, locations 
and educational/social needs. We encouraged our people to volunteer their time to take part 
in initiatives such as mentoring, providing guidance or hosting workshops to empower young 
people and make a lasting impact through the power of education. 
Embed our volunteering policy throughout 
the Group offering different types of 
volunteering opportunities. 
Over the last 12 months we have committed to embedding our volunteering policy across 
the Group and have offered opportunities with charities and educational institutes that we 
work with such as the Heart of England Forest, University Academy 92, Sedgehill Academy, 
RunThrough, Alzheimer’s Research UK, Ahead Partnership and more. 
Introduce a new fertility policy. 
We launched a new fertility policy in line with National Fertility Awareness Week. The policy 
aims to raise awareness of fertility treatment and its impact on the workplace, encourage 
open conversations between line managers and team members and direct employees to 
relevant advice and assistance including time off.
All offices to support in a giving appeal for a 
local charity during December. 
All offices took part in a giving appeal for a local charity during December which included toy 
drives, food bank collections and fundraising activities. 
Promote and support our internal community 
groups in every office, encouraging local 
initiatives.
Every office has appointed community group champions and have actively promoted local 
initiatives to celebrate events such as Black History Month, Neurodiversity Celebration 
Week, Pride Month, Mental Health Awareness Week and more. 
Explore car share pilot schemes.
We have explored a car share pilot scheme by seeking feedback from office representatives 
to understand the next steps should there be an appetite for such a scheme.  
Explore carbon neutral certification for the 
whole Group. 
Our Sustainability Task Force has made a strategic shift away from carbon neutral 
certification, opting instead to focus on calculating carbon emissions and developing 
a comprehensive carbon reduction plan as this approach better aligns with our goal of 
achieving net zero by 2040. 
Review of energy usage with input from 
Inspired Energy. 
This is detailed in our ESOS report.
Participate in sustainability volunteering 
opportunities as part of the volunteering 
policy. 
Our people have been involved in various volunteering opportunities such as gardening, 
woodland maintenance and tree planting during the year. 
Colleagues from our Nottingham and Birmingham offices took part 
in the Copa Del Leukaemia football tournament at St George’s Park 
in Burton.
Marking International Women’s Day.
Shining a light on World Alzheimer’s Month in September. 
Throughout the month we fundraised over £5,000 through  
our ‘Wear it Orange’ campaign.
Colleagues ready to join in this year’s Birmingham Pride parade.
21
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
20
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Responsible Gateley
continued
In March 2024, we were proud to have been awarded the Equality, 
Diversity & Inclusion award at the 2024 Birmingham Law Society 
Awards, for demonstrating excellence in promoting EDI within our 
business and the wider legal community.
An important part of our purpose as a business is 
making sure we create a working environment that 
is inclusive and promotes equality and diversity. We 
have shown the transformative effect this can have on 
a business, its people, clients and society as a whole 
and I could not be prouder that our efforts have been 
recognised with this accolade.”
Rebecca Sherwin, partner in our Real Estate team and head of our Birmingham 
office
Winners at Birmingham 
There were many deserving finalists but there was only one winner! 
Gateley is a formidable legal and advisory business, evident from its 
wide client base and extensive services. We were particularly impressed 
by Gateley’s steadfast commitment to ESG initiatives, and DEI, 
showcasing the company’s determination to make a positive impact.”
Our Property Platform 
celebrated success earlier this 
year after being awarded the 
accolade of ‘Legal / Professional 
Team of the Year’ at Property 
Week’s RESI Awards 2024.
Beating off stiff competition in a 
category which saw seven firms 
shortlisted, the judges claimed:
Winners at Property 
Inspiring and 
celebrating our people 
We are a people business. So, inspiring and 
celebrating our people and others is an important 
part of our Responsible Business ethos. We work hard 
to create a diverse and inclusive environment where our 
people can deliver their best work. This is underpinned by 
our values which form part of our Gateley Team Spirit.
Our sustainability agenda
We have pledged to achieve Net Zero by 2040. To help us reach this 
goal, we are working towards calculating our carbon footprint across 
all aspects of our business including business travel, waste, energy 
and our supply chain. This will assist to identify carbon hotspots 
and to help us to continue to develop our Carbon Reduction Plan 
and stay on track with our sustainability goals. 
We have made several significant changes to support our 
environmental agenda already such as moving our main offices 
onto a green tariff, installing screens in common areas of our 
offices to reduce printing and increasing the focus on hotels we 
use as a business to ensure they have sustainability credentials.
We are also proud to partner with the Heart of England Forest as 
our environmental charity. During the year we participated in four 
volunteering days engaging in activities such as tree guard removal, 
coppicing, bracken clearance and tree planting to help create and 
manage the forest.
While we understand there is a lot more to be done and we are in the early stages 
of our environmental journey, we are proud of the progress we have made so far and are 
focused on building the momentum in this important area.
We are committed to minimising our environmental impact 
and ensuring sustainable practices throughout our 
operations
The Purpose 
Pod 
During the year we launched a 
Responsible Business Podcast called 
The Purpose Pod. Aligned to our 
purpose, it looks at how we delight 
our clients, inspire our people, and 
support our communities.
Each episode shares insight from the forward thinkers we 
engage with as a business as we delve into what inspires them, 
how they support communities across the UK and how our 
own social values bring them together to improve society.
Click here to listen to the Purpose Pod episodes
As we look back on this year, I am 
truly inspired by our collective 
efforts to drive positive change 
both within and beyond Gateley. 
It is clear to see that every step we 
take in promoting Responsible 
Business practices benefits 
everyone within our business as 
well as contributing to happier 
and healthier communities.”
Andlyn White, Responsible Business Manager, Gateley
“
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
23
22
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

25
Strategic
report
In this section
Chairman’s statement 
26
Chief Executive Officer’s review 
28
Chief Financial Officer’s review 
34
Principal activity, objectives, strategy and outlook
40
Principal risks and uncertainties 
44 
Section 172 (1) statement 
48
Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures
49
Environmental actions statement
54
Social matters
56
This report has been prepared by the directors in 
accordance with the requirements of Section 414 
of the Companies Act 2006. 
The Chairman’s Statement, Chief Executive 
Officer’s Review and Chief Financial Officer’s 
Review, as set out on pages 26 to 38, form an 
integral part of the Strategic report.
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
25
24
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Chairman’s 
statement
The board firmly believes that the use of equity as an incentive 
and means of extending share ownership through all levels of the 
Group, is a material point of positive differentiation for Gateley 
in an intensely competitive staffing environment. It is therefore 
an important component for our future growth ambitions. 
In particular, we have worked hard over the last 12 months 
to enhance our restricted share award scheme, principally to 
facilitate recirculation of internally held shares. This is our main 
equity incentive scheme for senior leaders in the Group. Our 
enhancements present an efficient means of maintaining significant 
equity at senior levels in the Group whilst minimising external 
market impacts. We believe this will help secure and enhance 
Gateley’s position as an attractive and sought after employer.
Responsible Business
The board has made the further development of Gateley’s 
Responsible Business commitment a key strategic priority this year. 
In September 2023, we published our third annual Responsible 
Business report, for which we again received significant positive 
feedback. We were delighted to achieve all 15 of our internally set 
responsible business targets and are focused on reducing our CO2 
emissions by 50% by 2030 and to become net zero by 2040.
Our Responsible Business actions focus on the wellbeing of our 
employees, on being a force for good in society and within the 
communities in which we operate, and by playing our part in 
protecting and repairing our planet. Measuring the value and the 
impact we are having in all these areas is as important as acting 
because it enables us to evaluate where we are effecting change 
and how we can continue to improve over time.
We will publish our next Responsible Business Report covering 
objectives and activity for FY24 shortly.
I am delighted with the progress we have made and how this 
important initiative has been embraced across the Group. We are 
committed to ensuring diversity, equality and inclusion and our goal 
is to foster a positive work ethic, whilst remaining results and client 
focused, and demonstrating our commitment to doing the right 
thing for our people, our planet and developing potential wherever 
we can. 
Board changes
David Wilton was appointed to the board as a non-executive 
director and Chairman designate on 1 February 2024. The board 
and David subsequently agreed not to continue with David’s 
appointment as Chairman and David has since stood down from 
the board. 
The nomination committee has begun a process to recruit a new 
Chairman. In the meantime, I have been asked, and have agreed, to 
continue to chair the Group until a successor is appointed.
Dividends
We have maintained dividend to investors, recognising this is a key 
component of shareholder return. An interim dividend of 3.3p per 
share (FY23: 3.3p) was paid on 21 March 2024 to shareholders 
on the register at the close of business on 24 February 2024. The 
board is pleased to propose a final dividend of 6.2p per share 
(FY23: 6.2p), giving a total dividend for the year of 9.5p per share 
(FY23: 9.5p), subject to approval at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting, which will be held on 23 September 2024. If 
approved, this final dividend will be paid in October to shareholders 
on the register at the close of business on 11 October 2024. The 
shares will go ex-dividend on 10 October 2024.
Summary and outlook
This year has been another strong one for Gateley. Our people 
have excelled in client delivery, they have continued to overcome 
every challenge presented to them, and have delivered further 
strategic progress for the business, combining to generate an 
excellent set of results. 
As we focus on service line enhancing opportunities that meet our 
clients’ needs and fulfil our strategy to build a broader professional 
services group, our acquisition pipeline remains strong, trading 
in the current year to date has been in line with the board’s 
expectations and we look forward to the immediate future with 
cautious optimism.
Nigel Payne 
Chairman
15 July 2024
Group revenue increased by 6.0% to £172.5m (FY23: 
£162.7m) and, we generated underlying profit before 
tax of £23.0m (FY23: £25.1m) after reinstating the 
payment of employee bonuses this year of £4.5m (FY23: 
£nil). These results have been delivered against the 
unwelcome backdrop of challenging trading conditions 
for professional service firms allied to wage and cost 
inflation. The Group has again demonstrated the strength 
of its business model and the resilience created by its 
diversification strategy. 
In FY23 we made the difficult decision not to make a 
provision for staff bonuses for that year. For a business 
such as ours, where staff retention and incentivisation 
are important considerations, this was not ideal. I am 
therefore delighted that, this year, we have been able to 
declare a bonus which reflects the contribution made 
by our people to delivering a strong underlying trading 
performance and our more positive outlook as we 
enter FY25. In doing so, we are moving back towards a 
more normalised staff bonus pool with clear intent that 
this remains a key component in overall reward to our 
employees whilst preserving a balanced return to all of 
our stakeholders. I would like to take this opportunity, on 
behalf of the board, to acknowledge and thank our staff 
across all levels of the Group. They have shown great 
adaptability to the constant changes throughout the past 
few years and their dedication towards the business, their 
colleagues and clients has been first class in what was a 
challenging year.
We continue our strategy to diversify the business, 
placing the Group in a stronger position to deliver further 
profitable growth in the coming years. To support our 
acquisition strategy, we retain a three-year revolving 
credit facility of up to £30m. This, combined with our 
strong balance sheet, places us in a good position to 
acquire further businesses in the future.
As we continue to grow and strengthen our business, 
the board remains committed to providing our people 
with the opportunity to own shares in the Company. 
We believe that employee share ownership secures a 
strong alignment with the Group’s external shareholders, 
incentivises employees and is reflective of Gateley’s long-
established culture. We are delighted that at least 70% of 
current staff are existing share or option holders in the 
Company. 
Summary of the year
I am delighted to present 
Gateley’s audited final results 
for the year ended 30 April 
2024, another successful year 
for the business and our ninth 
consecutive year of revenue 
growth since IPO in 2015. 
Nigel Payne
Chairman
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
27
26
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Chief Executive  
Officer’s review
Introduction
I am pleased with the Group’s 
performance in FY24. Our teams 
combined to maintain Gateley’s 
unbroken record of year-on-year 
revenue growth. As always, I am grateful 
to our people for their hard work and 
commitment to delivering the best 
possible outcomes for our clients.
During the Period we continued to invest in people and systems 
to progress our strategy of building a diverse and resilient 
professional services business, delivered through each of our four 
Platforms of Business Services, Corporate, People and Property. 
This investment necessarily includes the need to match prevailing 
remuneration in a market in which there has been high pay inflation 
across professional services. Combined with the increase in our 
average headcount to 1,536 during the Period (FY23:1,439), 
this resulted in a 12.1% increase in personnel costs, including 
a resumption of staff bonus awards (£4.5m). This reflects the 
contribution made by our people in delivering a strong underlying 
trading performance and our more positive outlook as we move 
into FY25. In doing so, we are moving back towards a more 
normalised staff bonus pool with clear intent that this remains 
a key component in overall reward to our employees whilst 
preserving a balanced return to all of our stakeholders. Excluding 
this bonus provision, our personnel costs increased 7.4%.
Our ongoing M&A strategy saw us acquire RJA Consultants onto 
our Property Platform in July 2023, contributing to growth in 
non-legal revenue across the Group to £49.9m (FY23: £41.8m), 
or 28.9% (FY23: 25.7%) of Group revenue. Our proposition 
remains unique; the ability to deliver complementary legal and 
consultancy services to clients in our chosen markets. We continue 
to appraise acquisition opportunities on each of our Platforms. 
Whilst investment costs to some extent impact short-term margin 
as acquisition, integration and system costs are absorbed, we 
are confident that, in progressing our strategy, we will generate 
margin-enhancing returns in the long-term.
As reported in April, we were pleased to support our EBT in 
purchasing 1,864,622 shares at £1.26, predominately from staff 
who were Partners at IPO. Those shares are warehoused by the 
EBT to, imminently, award to certain senior staff via our restricted 
share award scheme. This is a deliberate step in our controlled, 
non-dilutive recirculation of internally held shares.
Rod Waldie
Chief Executive Officer
“We remain positive as our 
increasingly resilient model 
continues to deliver for us and 
gives us confidence to continue 
our investment strategy for 
enhanced returns.”
Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer“
Our restricted share award scheme will become our sole equity 
incentive scheme for our senior leaders. We will continue to 
make controlled use of it, in a more meaningful way, because it 
is proving to be a valuable differentiator for us in attracting and 
retaining quality senior talent who are aligned with creating long-
term value for the Group and its stakeholders. 
On 15 September 2023, we published our third annual 
Responsible Business Report. Having achieved all 15 responsible 
business targets set in our prior report, our 2023/24 report, sets 
15 new objectives in-line with our purpose-led agenda. We have a 
clear recognition that business is a key engine for change and our 
responsible business journey progresses with conviction. Our 
FY24 Responsible Business Report will be published shortly.
Finally, we are pleased to propose a final dividend of 6.2p at the 
Group’s AGM on 23 September 2024, taking the total dividend 
for the Period to 9.5p (FY23: 9.5p).
Results overview
The Group performed well during FY24, building on the progress 
reported at the half year and delivering growth in revenue of 
6.0% to £172.5m (FY23: £162.7m). Underlying profit before tax 
decreased by 8.1% to £23.0m (FY23: £25.1m), reflecting the 
board’s decision, unlike last year, to make a provision of £4.5m 
for employee bonuses. Profit before tax decreased by 13.9% to 
£14.0m (FY23: £16.2m). Profit after tax decreased by 17.7% to 
£10.0m (FY23: £12.2m).
As a people business, our profit metrics are necessarily 
influenced by our personnel costs. Pay inflation across 
professional services, of the type in the Group, has been a 
continuous characteristic since the end of the pandemic. 
Our response has been a considered and deliberate attempt 
to balance the capital allocation needs of the Group with the 
competitive employment market in which our businesses 
operate. We take reasonable steps to match market pay rates as 
we continue to invest more widely in people and systems in line 
with our strategy to grow our currently unique business model. 
Our firm belief is that it is continual investment which will deliver 
and enhance our long-term objectives and returns. 
Alongside the in-Period acquisition of RJA Consultants, strategic 
investments in new work streams, such as legal services class 
actions and international arbitration, are progressing well. We 
have also invested in AI and other new technology products, 
with ongoing capital allocation to maximise its use for margin 
improvement. Alongside all of this, and more general cost inflation, 
our FY24 results delivered another year of solid profitability.
Once again, our outturn for the Period was underpinned by 
the range and quality of legal and consultancy services offered 
through our Platforms. Our stated strategic plan at IPO was to 
create resilience by diversifying our revenue streams. Nine years 
and 14 acquisitions later the diversity of services we can offer 
helped us weather the impact of reduced transactional services 
activity throughout most of the Period, enabling us to maintain 
our unbroken record of year-on-year revenue growth. 
Looking forward, we are pleased to see a continuation of the 
improvement we saw in transactional services activity in Q4 
FY24. Layering that improvement onto our broader service line 
activity, and strategic long-term investments made in the Period 
positions us well for FY25 and beyond. 
Platform performance
Business Services Platform
This Platform supports clients in dealing with their commercial 
agreements, managing risks, protecting assets and resolving 
disputes.
Revenue on this Platform grew by 14.0% to £24.9m, 
underpinned by consistently good activity throughout the Period 
across the Platform’s legal services dispute resolution teams, 
allied to strong performance from the Platform’s patent and 
trademark attorney businesses. 
In legal services, our regulatory and business defence team had 
a record year, which is reflective of clients’ needs for specialist 
advice in an increasingly regulated environment across all 
sectors. In addition, the dispute resolution teams saw an increase 
in demand from both UK and overseas clients. Projects from 
overseas clients include a return of some activity in Central 
Europe alongside new mandates from clients in the Middle East 
and Africa. These are representative of new, strategically agile, 
steps to win specialist work in new regions. 
Buoyed by recent success in growing dispute resolution services, 
we continue to make strategic investment in specialist service 
lines, predominantly in competition litigation, class actions 
and international arbitration where, in all cases, we see huge 
opportunity. Our recently recruited and highly regarded senior 
experts in international arbitration are winning new work and 
forging strong credentials for us. Alongside this, our recently 
formed specialist class action team has now launched its first case. 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
29
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
28

Chief Executive Officer’s review 
continued
In consultancy services, activity in our growing patent and 
trademark attorney business was strong throughout the Period. 
Its outturn was enhanced by the first full year contribution from 
Symbiosis, specialising in the life sciences industry and adding 
to Adamson Jones’ expertise in engineering, medical devices, 
pharmaceuticals and biotechnology. Both businesses are working 
well together and with related legal services across the Group and 
on shared opportunities. We will continue to build critical mass 
in these services where typical projects are long-dated and our 
expertise is highly valued by clients whose businesses are founded 
upon ideas and inventions that need to be protected to preserve 
value. More UK and international client opportunities exist here and 
will be realised as we progress our strategy to grow our business in 
this space. 
In aggregate, consultancy revenue now represents 26.0% (FY23: 
22.9%) of Business Services Platform revenue.
Corporate Platform
This Platform is focused on the corporate, financial services and 
restructuring markets in both transaction and business support 
services.
Currently, this Platform is dominated by legal services, some of which 
were challenged by lower volumes of transactional activity during 
most of FY24. As a result, the Platform’s revenue decreased by 4.4% 
to £37.1m. However, it delivered a strong contribution margin. 
It is likely that the Corporate Platform will always be legal services 
dominated, with the transactional teams on the Platform drawing 
support, particular to each transaction, from legal and consultancy 
services on other Platforms.
Whilst constrained for most of FY24, corporate transactional 
activity started to return strongly in Q4, particularly with our 
private equity clients and in wider M&A. The corporate team 
generated a pipeline in that period comprising an impressive list of 
complex, high-value transactions across a wide range of sectors, 
which utilised additional legal and consultancy services across 
the Group. Ultimately, the team had another good year and the 
corporate unit remains our biggest internal referrer of business, 
with most, if not all, other teams benefitting in some way. The 
pipeline into FY25 is good. 
This pattern is also reflected in our banking team, which had a stronger 
Q4 following a subdued period due to reduced corporate transactions 
and bank lending. There was some offset in the form of an increase in 
loan covenant reset and refinancing work, which enabled the team to 
maintain revenue levels in Period in line with FY23. This is an excellent 
example of pro and counter-cyclical revenue opportunities which exist 
in almost all of our legal service lines.
Our restructuring and recovery teams are a natural counterweight 
to traditional transactional activity and following a sustained period 
of quiet trading conditions for some years now, revenue levels rose 
by 20.8% in FY24, as government pandemic support for companies 
unwound and inflationary pressures and interest rate increases 
impacted UK businesses. Activity remains strong in these teams. 
Mandates have been generated both in-market and internally, 
including working alongside experts in Gateley Vinden and our legal 
services construction unit in delivery of market-leading services to 
insurers who have bonded construction projects that have become 
distressed. 
In consultancy services, the team at Gateley Global closed out a 
significant contract providing services to help public and private 
sector global clients realise their international expansion plans, 
inward and outward of the UK. In addition, the team is a consistent 
cross-referrer of revenue to other parts of the Group as clients 
require mixed services to implement expansion.
People Platform
This Platform supports clients in dealing with and developing 
people and in administering individuals’ personal affairs. 
Revenue on this Platform contracted by 4.3% due, in part, 
to a reduction in headcount and reorganisation of our legal 
services private client team and a drop-off in required support to 
transactional teams from our legal services employment team. 
We saw strong offset to the above from our legal services pension 
team and our pension trustee business Entrust which, together, 
grew revenue by 30.7%. These relatively predictable revenue 
streams are a further example of deliberately designed resilience 
in our model. This is a sector where we are keen to make further 
investment to service the increase in the number of pension 
schemes looking to complete all liability buy-outs, and/or out-
source management of their pension schemes, working with 
Entrust. 
t-three and Kiddy & Partners, our talent assessment, development 
and cultural change businesses, continue to attract significantly 
sized clients buying dual services, with particular focus on scalable 
products to high growth clients. They were pleased to maintain 
revenue at £6.0m (FY23: £6.2m) alongside a strong pipeline as 
organisations continue to develop their people and/or transform in 
some way.
In aggregate, consultancy revenue now represents 30.8% of People 
Platform revenue.
Property Platform
This Platform is focused on clients’ activities in real estate 
development and investment and in the built environment in the 
widest sense.
This remains our most diverse and mature Platform and we 
maintain our view that the range of expertise now housed on this 
Platform puts us in position to compete with well-established, 
multi-disciplinary property consultancies in the wider market. 
Despite a very challenging back drop for the property sector, 
revenue on our Property Platform grew by 11.4% to £91.0m during 
FY24 (FY23: £81.6m). 
Whilst activity in the wider commercial property market eased in 
FY23 (and continued to be subdued throughout most of FY24), we 
saw and continue to see an increase in non-transactional advisory 
and dispute resolution services. This includes helping our wide 
range of residential development clients navigate regulation under 
the high-profile Building Safety Act (post-Grenfell) and advising on 
related remediation projects. This is long-dated, specialist work in 
which we continue to invest. Our construction team had a record 
year and continues to be very busy. Our real estate development 
team – a market leader in the warehousing and logistics sector 
had a slower start to the year before returning strongly to growth. 
Elsewhere, prevailing market conditions have resulted in an 
increase in work helping or opposing organisations seeking to exit 
commercially onerous contracts. 
In our market-leading house-builder team, we continue to act 
for all of the top developers, many of whom have significantly 
reduced their panel of advisors in favour of larger providers who 
cover all bases, which describes Gateley both geographically and in 
service lines, and this should result in more work for the team. Our 
clients need to continue to build and sell and have other areas for 
which they require our services. This includes shared ownership 
framework agreements, bulk sales to housing associations and 
build-to-rent investors and housing-led urban regeneration. We act 
for all of the leading developers in this space and offer a unique 
combination of legal and consultancy services covering whole 
project life cycles.
In consultancy services, Gateley Smithers Purslow (“GSP”), who 
deliver specialist services to the property insurance complex 
claims market, contributed revenue of £17.6m (FY23: £13.7m), 
representing annualised growth for that business of 28.5%. We also 
saw strong revenue growth of 14.7% from Gateley Vinden’s broad 
range of specialist services. 
Our acquisition of surveyors Richard Julian and Associates Limited 
(“RJA”) in July 2023 extends our reach to organisations that 
deliver affordable housing, a resilient sector underpinned by high 
levels of grant to support delivery of the Government’s housing 
targets. The team also has specialists in major loss property claims, 
which enhances related expertise in both GSP and Gateley Vinden. 
RJA has had an excellent start in Group, exceeding expectation. 
FY24 consultancy revenue represented 40.5% (FY23: 38.1%) of 
Property Platform revenue.
Operational review 
Our operational focus has been aimed at current and future 
efficiency. 
AI is at the top of our agenda and is a priority area for capital 
allocation, alongside investment in acquisitions and people. We 
are very aware that investment in suitably developed product 
will positively enhance the delivery of some of our services and 
realise efficiencies which help us improve our profitability. We 
have a cross-disciplinary steering group reporting directly to the 
board on product assessment, procurement and integration. Our 
investment in-Period included recruitment of a specialist in-house 
AI development team to create bespoke applications for both 
service delivery and internal uses. Our development program 
will provide applications for use on each of our client-facing 
Platforms and for our business support functions. The first of our 
internally designed applications has just been launched for use by 
the residential development team on our Property Platform. It 
significantly improves turnaround of the process that it is designed 
for and is verificatory of the value of the ongoing investment that 
we will continue to make in AI driven product. 
In Period, we acquired new systems to support the on-boarding of 
a legal services team to run class action claims. This is specialist, 
long-term, high value work which requires a bespoke technology 
platform, in which we have invested £0.5m so far for current and 
future benefit.
We have previously reported planned rationalisation of some of 
our office space. This is an on-going exercise, including the post-
Period surrender of our lease for office space in Leicester as part 
of consolidation of some of our teams in the East Midlands to our 
Nottingham office. 
On-going integration of recently acquired businesses is proceeding 
as planned, including positive enhancements to our Group 
integration processes. In parallel, phase two of adoption of our 
new, market-leading business management, productivity, and 
financial management system (3E) has proceeded throughout 
FY24 and into FY25.
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
31
30
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Chief Executive Officer’s review 
continued
People and Culture
Attracting, developing and motivating talent, at all levels across 
the Group, is a key objective every year. In FY24, overall average 
headcount in the Group increased by 6.7% to 1,536 (FY23: 
1,439). Legal services average headcount growth was 1.2% to 
1091 employees (FY23: 1,078). Average consultancy headcount 
increased by 25.4% to 445 (FY23: 355), primarily as a result of 
acquisitions and investment in GSP.
The Gateley offering remains differentiated and our broad range 
of career opportunities is attractive. We continue to evolve our 
people strategies to drive a stimulating, purposeful and rewarding 
environment in which our people can progress their careers. 
We recently announced a total of 159 internal promotions and 
celebrated these across the Group. 
The ability for all of our people to participate in share ownership is 
attractive and represents a recruitment differentiator. During FY24 
we issued circa 3.4m shares to participants across our various share 
schemes. All of this is in line with our strategy of creating wider 
equity participation for more of our people. Currently circa 70% of 
our people either hold shares or participate in share schemes.
Once again, we owe the success of our business to the quality and 
dedication of our people at all levels. Clients come to us for our broad 
specialist knowledge and experience and our determination to deliver 
results for them. As we extend our range of services, our strong client 
relationships enable more cross-selling opportunities, which remains a 
key focus for us in generating further organic growth.
Responsible Business
Being a Responsible Business remains an integral part of our 
Purpose Statement; 
“Our purpose is to deliver results that delight our clients,  
inspire our people and support our communities.” 
We were pleased to achieve all 15 of our internally-set responsible 
business targets in 2022/2023 and, in-Period, we published our third 
annual Responsible Business Report outlining actions taken and setting 
targets for 2023/2024. Our next report will be published imminently. 
Highlights from the last report include:
•	 A carbon reduction plan including a commitment to achieve net 
zero emissions by 2040, with interim targets set by 2030; 
•	 A new strategic partnership with Alzheimer’s Research UK; and
•	 The launch of an internal volunteering policy which provides 
opportunities for our people to volunteer with the charity, 
sustainability and education partners we work with.
We are proud of the progress that we have made since publishing 
our Responsible Business Strategy in October 2021. We will 
continue to evaluate where we are effecting change and how we 
can improve and progress over time. Our journey continues with 
conviction.
Current trading and outlook
Looking forward, we are encouraged by strengthening levels of 
activity across our transactional services teams, which began during 
the Spring. This is matched by improving pipelines for those teams. 
Alongside this, we continue to see good non-transactional and 
consultancy business activity. Therefore, our immediate outlook is 
cautiously optimistic at the beginning of a new political dawn for 
the UK. 
From a long-term perspective, we remain positive as our 
increasingly resilient model continues to deliver for us and gives 
us confidence to continue our investment strategy for enhanced 
returns. 
The group enters FY25 with a positive mindset and belief in 
strategy. 
Roderick Waldie
Chief Executive Officer
15 July 2024
We owe the success of our business to the 
quality and dedication of our people at 
all levels. Clients come to us for our broad 
specialist knowledge and experience and 
our determination to deliver results for 
them. As we extend our range of services, 
our strong client relationships enable more 
cross-selling opportunities, which remains 
a key focus for us in generating further 
organic growth.”
Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer
“
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
33
32
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Financial overview
The Group has again grown revenue 
both organically and through 
acquisition, despite the challenging 
economic backdrop of FY24 that 
resulted in decreasing activity levels 
throughout the year until Q4.
This year’s increase in costs, driven through a combination of 
inflation and investment, alongside a return of bonuses, have 
checked our progression on both profit and margin. Following 
strong activity levels in transactional areas in Q4 alongside the 
reorganisation of specific areas of the Group, we enter FY25 
feeling confident of improving profitability in FY25. 
Our dividend yield is 6.4% using the average share price 
across FY24 and, even in an environment of higher interest 
rates, remains at a level which we believe is attractive for all 
shareholders.
Our revolving credit facility has significant headroom and 
with a closing net cash position of £3.8 million we are well-
placed to capitalise on current market conditions, as we have 
done previously, to enable further expansion and growth.
Revenue and activity levels 
Group total revenue grew by 6.0% (FY23: 18.6%) to 
£172.5m (FY23: £162.7m), including 2.8% organically. 
Revenue from core legal service lines grew organically 
by 0.8% (FY23: 4.9%), while organic revenue growth 
from consultancy businesses was 9.1% (FY23: 15.2%). 
Consultancy revenues of £49.9m (FY23: £41.8m) 
now represent 28.9% (FY23: 25.7%) of total revenue, 
demonstrating our strategy to build and diversify into a 
broader professional services group, and further enhance 
our unique offering to clients.
Fee earner utilisation levels during FY24 returned to FY22 
levels at 83%, after FY23’s increase to 89%. Alongside a 
static conversion of time into fees, this has contributed to 
the Group’s decrease in profitability. Activity in Q4 of FY24 
was 92% compared to an average of 81% in the first three 
quarters. This Q4 FY24 utilisation average was 1% higher 
than Q4 in FY23. We fully expect this improvement to 
continue as we experience increased instructions from new 
areas of investments and transactional activity continuing 
to build ahead of the recent UK general election.
During this period of reduced activity levels, a number of key areas of the Group have been unable to pass on the recent market-driven staff 
cost increases of the last few years, whilst lead generation has remained extremely competitive. As activity levels improve and the mix of 
work changes towards recent new areas of investment, we are starting to see rate increases work through into improved recoveries. 
However, activity in a number of our consultancy businesses is driven by alternative factors. Gateley Smithers Purslow (“GSP”) and Gateley 
RJA are examples of two such areas of the Group that have seen activity increase significantly as a result of the rise in adverse economic 
climate change and government policy in social/affordable housing, respectively. Both businesses have experienced impressive organic 
growth since joining the Group of 28.3% and 26.0% respectively.
Costs and margins
The bridge in personnel costs from £96.8m in FY23 to £108.5m in FY24 of £11.7m arises due to a £4.5m bonus, growth in head count 
and wage inflation of £4.4m, £2.4m of new payroll costs following the July 2023 acquisition of RJA and £0.4m of full year Symbiosis costs 
acquired in October 2022, both of which were covered by revenue introduced. Average staff headcount has increased by 6.7% from 1,439 
to 1,536 total staff. Average professional staff within this period have increased by 6.8% from 1,000 to 1,068.
Personnel costs (before bonus) to revenue in FY24 increased to 60.3% (FY23: 59.5%) which rises to 62.9%, as a result of the Group 
awarding £4.5m of bonuses for exceptional performers during FY24. We continue to sensibly manage this key metric as market conditions 
improve. The reinstatement of a bonus and the increase in investment income from trade related interest have both impacted our adjusted 
profit before tax margin this year, which has decreased to 13.4% (FY23: 15.4%). The bonus reinstatement has reduced margin by 2.6%, 
whilst the additional £2.7m of net interest income has increased this margin by 1.6%.
Operating expenses have increased by £2.7m or 7.6% to £38.8m (FY23: £36.1m) due mainly to the investment in new IT systems (£0.5m) 
supporting new areas of work such as Class Actions, and the additional cost of the acquisition of RJA (£0.6m). Overall, operating overheads 
have increased slightly as a percentage of revenue from 22.2% in FY23 to 22.5% in FY24 as predicted.
The table below represents Platform performance over the last two reported years along with each Platform’s direct contribution towards 
our Group’s performance.
FY24
Business
Services
£m
Corporate
£m
People
£m
Property
£m
Total
£m
Revenue
24.9
37.0
19.6
91.0
172.5
Segmental contribution
7.5
14.0
5.8
33.2
60.5
Contribution margin
30.2%
37.7%
29.5%
36.5%
35.1%
FY23
Revenue
21.8
38.8
20.4
81.7
162.7
Segmental contributions
5.3
13.9
6.0
31.1
56.3
Contribution margin
24.4%
36.0%
29.3%
38.1%
34.6%
Revenue movement (%)
14.0%
(4.4%)
(4.3%)
11.4%
6.0%
Contribution margin change (%)
23.8%
4.7%
0.1%
(4.2)%
1.4%
Chief Financial 
Officer’s review
Neil Smith
Chief Financial Officer
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
35
34
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Chief Financial Officer’s review
continued
Underlying operating profit before tax
The Group has recorded £20.3m of underlying operating profit before tax (FY23: £25.0m). Whilst we have continued to strategically invest 
across the business in our legal and consultancy teams, a particular focus has been on headcount investment in GSP to meet significant 
demand. The reinstatement of a Group bonus (£4.5m) is the key difference between the two years. 
Our underlying trading margins have decreased to 11.7% (FY23: 15.4%) as a factor of continued investment for growth and ongoing 
inflationary pressure in our people costs despite decreased levels of activity in certain parts of the Group due to macro-economic factors. 
Nevertheless, we are confident that our strategy of ongoing investment made by us will result in short term margin stability followed by 
long-term improvement. 
Underlying operating profit before tax excludes amortisation of acquisition related intangibles, all share-based charges and exceptional 
acquisition related items, including the acquisition accounting treatment of consideration payments on acquisitions being reclassified 
as employment costs in the income statement, as well as gains on bargain purchases arising from the related acquisition accounting. 
Underlying operating profit before tax has been calculated as an alternative performance measure in order to provide a more meaningful 
measure and year-on-year comparison of the profitability of the underlying business.
Extract of UK statement of comprehensive income
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Revenue
172,492
162,683
Operating profit
11,177
16,122
Operating profit margin (%)
6.48
9.91
Reconciliation to alternative performance measure: underlying operating profit before tax
Operating profit
11,177
16,122
Non-underlying items
Amortisation of intangible assets
2,483
2,073
Share based payment charge – Gateley Plc
1,625
1,984
Share based payment charge – Gateley RJA Limited
61
-
Contingent consideration treated as remuneration
6,956
6,190
Gain on bargain purchase
(3,609)
(1,389)
Acquisitions costs
37
-
Reorganisation costs
1,159
-
One off remuneration charge – Gateley RJA Limited
367
-
Underlying operating profit before tax
20,256
24,980
Adjusted underlying operating profit margin (%)
11.74
15.36
Earnings Per Share (EPS)
Basic EPS decreased by 20.8% to 7.74p (FY23: 49.5% to 9.77p). Basic EPS before non-underlying and exceptional items decreased by 
13.7% to 14.42p (FY23: increased by 12.1% to 16.71p). Diluted EPS decreased by 19.9% to 7.63p (FY23: increased by 49.6% to 9.52p). 
Diluted EPS before non-underlying and exceptional items decreased by 12.8% to 14.20p (FY23: increased by 12.0% to 16.28p).
Share option schemes
Over 70% of our people are existing share or option holders in the Group. The board remains committed to providing its people with the 
opportunity to own shares in the Company primarily through the continued issuance of restricted shares awards (RSAs) across senior 
leaders within the Group and our Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) all staff share scheme. Such share ownership promotes strong alignment 
with the Group’s external shareholders, improves our attraction to like-minded recruits and is reflective of Gateley’s culture of long-term 
ownership. The RSAs, which vest on receipt, are subject to a five-year non-dealing restriction and are forfeited should employment cease 
within that period. 
On 14 September 2023, Long-Term Incentive Plan awards (“LTIP”) over 727,790 Ordinary Shares vested and were exercised on 21 
September 2023 by 77 partners and persons discharging managerial responsibilities (‘PDMR’s’) following the conclusion of LTIP awards 
vested at the end of a three-year period, with vesting and exercise dependent upon the achievement of profit related performance 
conditions and continuous employment. Profit performance during the conditional period resulted in 68% of the total award being made.
Profits used to calculate underlying EPS each year are disclosed below:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
2021
£’000
Reported profit after tax
10,074
12,240
23,023
13,157
Adjustments for non-underlying and exceptional items:
– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
2,483
2,073
1,581
2,073
– Share-based payment adjustments
1,686
1,984
1,213
956
– Contingent consideration treated as remuneration
6,956
6,190
3,509
-
– Gain on bargain purchase
(3,609)
(1,389)
(12,380)
-
– Reorganisation costs
1,159
– One off remuneration costs
367
-
-
-
– Acquisition-related costs
37
-
870
-
– Tax impact of above
(391)
(168)
(94)
-
Underlying profit after tax
18,762
20,930
17,722
16,186
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating diluted 
earnings per share
132,107,953
128,527,341
121,893,238
118,508,833
Underlying adjusted fully diluted EPS
14.20p
16.28p
14.54p
13.66p
Taxation
The Group’s tax charge for the Period was £3.9m (FY23: £4.0m) which comprised a corporation tax charge of £4.4m (FY23: £5.0m) and a 
deferred tax credit of £0.5m (FY23: credit of £1.0m).
The deferred tax charge arises due to a combination of credits in respect of the share schemes that have vested in past years and the release 
of deferred tax on brands. The total effective rate of tax is 27.8% (FY23: 24.5%) based on reported profits before tax. The increase in the 
effective rate of tax is as a result of the increase in UK corporation tax rates and change in earn-out related consideration remuneration 
charges and gains on bargain purchase from FY23 to FY24, the net effect of which is not allowable for corporation tax purposes.
The net deferred taxation liability has increased to £2.6m (FY23: £2.1m) as a result of the decreased deferred tax asset recognised on 
share-based payment schemes yet to vest driven by a decrease in the Group’s share price.
Dividend
The Group paid an interim dividend of 3.3p per share on 21 March 2024 and proposes a final dividend at the Company’s Annual General 
Meeting on 23 September 2024 of 6.2p (FY23: 6.2p) per share, which if approved, will be paid in October to shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 11 October 2024. The shares will go ex-dividend on 10 October 2024. 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
37
36
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Chief Financial Officer’s review
continued
Balance sheet
The Group’s net asset position has increased by £2.2m (FY23: £3.0m) to £80.3m (FY23: £78.1m), due to the following movements:
There was a £17.9m increase in total current assets, resulting from £4.7m additional trade and other receivables through acquired businesses 
and the strong organic growth of the Group. Contract assets (“unbilled revenue”) increased by £3.2m and cash at bank increased by £5.6m as 
improvements were made in the collection of cash during this year. 
Non-current assets decreased by £3.5m, resulting predominantly from a decrease of £3.5m from a change in property use and right of use 
asset values as no new leases were entered into during FY24 as amortisation of right of use assets were the only key movements.
The board has carefully considered the impact of macro-economic uncertainties, on the future forecasts used in assessing the value in use 
of the cash generating units to which the goodwill and intangibles relate and determined that, despite short term reductions, such forecasts 
are more than sufficient to justify the carrying value of goodwill. Therefore, as at 30 April 2024, the board concluded that the goodwill and 
intangible assets do not require impairment.
Total liabilities increased by £12.3m, due to the reintroduction of accrued bonuses together with increased lending from the Group’s Revolving 
Credit Facility following the acquisition of RJA and the payment of earn out consideration to the vendors of GSP, offset by a reduction of £3.4m 
in lease liabilities.
Cash flow
During the year, the Group increased its usage of its Revolving Credit Facility from £6.8m to £12.9m. The facility provides total committed 
funding of £30m until April 2025 (supported by a letter of comfort for its extension to Oct 2025), split equally between Bank of Scotland 
and HSBC UK, that is specifically earmarked to fund growth and expansion via acquisition. Interest is payable on the loan at a margin of 
1.95% above the SONIA reference rate.
The Group also has in place a litigation funding facility for an initial £20m of funding towards significant litigation cases, which has the ability 
to increase to £50m if required. To date the Group has not yet utilised this facility but has a number of large assignments currently being 
assessed for consideration in FY25.
Cash generation remained strong with net cash inflows from operating activities increasing to £14.0m (from £9.7m in FY23) representing 
138.8% (FY23: 79.6%) of profit after tax. The Group ended the year with net cash of £3.8m (FY23: £4.3m), as less cash was consumed 
during the financial year on creditors together with management’s sustained focus on debt collection resulting in an improvement in debtor 
days.
Adjusted free cashflow during the year from operations (after adjusting for IFRS 16 and IFRS 3 specific items noted in the table below) was 
£17.7m (FY23: £6.0m), which represents an increase to 175.9% (FY23: 48.6%) of reported profit after taxation (“PAT”) and an increase 
to 92.5% (FY23: 28.2%) of underlying PAT due to improved operational cash collection, significant increases in interest income and the 
adjustments from acquisition related activity this year being more significant.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Net cash generated from operations
18,887
14,065
Tax paid
(4,902)
(4,320)
Net interest received
4,043
1,364
Cash outflow from IFRS 16 leases (rental payments excluded from operating cash flows under IFRS 16)
(5,091)
(4,579)
Cash outflow paid on acquisitions
5,825
1,518
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(1,045)
(1,312)
Purchase of other intangible assets
-
(787)
Free cash flow
17,717
5,949
Profit after tax
10,074
12,240
Free cash flow (%)
175.9%
48.6%
Adjusted free cash flow
Profit after tax
10,074
12,240
Non-underlying operating items
7,516
8,858
Exceptional items
1,563
-
Underlying profit after tax
19,153
21,098
Free cash flow
92.5%
28.2%
Overall, working capital levels have increased on the previous year, as unbilled revenue represented 61 days of pro-forma net revenue 
compared to 53 days last year, and Group debtor days have decreased to 111 days of pro-forma net revenue from 113 days last year, which 
includes revenue from acquisitions on a full year pro-forma basis. I am pleased we have made good progress in debt collection with a strong 
finish to the year that resulted in a pleasing net cash position. We have made a good start to collections in FY25. Unbilled revenue recognised in 
the Group’s statutory accounts, from time recorded on non-contingent work, remains low as a percentage of revenue and totalled just £23.5m 
or 13.6% of revenue recognised over the year (FY23: £20.4m or 12.5%).
Summary
FY24 continued our unbroken record of revenue growth since IPO in 2015. Our recent acquisitions have settled into the Group well and 
activity levels that were subdued at the start of the Period, recovered strongly in Q4 and into FY25. There is no doubt that reduced activity 
at a time of continued inflation has remained a challenge to our trading margin but I am pleased to return a bonus to staff for exceptional 
performance this year alongside £23.0m of underlying profit before tax and a 9.5p dividend to shareholders. 
We remain confident that the investments we have made, alongside an improving market, will support our medium to longer-term growth 
strategy and a margin improvement. We have maintained rigid control of costs and improved our working capital position that supports the 
Group’s growth ambitions and its healthy net cash position within a strong balance sheet with significant bank facility headroom. 
Share ownership rewards for our staff continue to play a significant part in our vision of wider, long-term connectivity across the Group and 
will deliver a significant opportunity to all staff in FY25 and beyond.
Neil Smith
Chief Financial Officer
15 July 2024 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
39
38
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

The Group’s services are tailored to those required by local, 
regional and national clients and are provided from twenty-
one offices across the UK, as well as an office in Dubai. 
Gateley also maintains informal, non-exclusive, relationships 
with a number of law firms (30+) around the world, enabling 
it to provide clients access to a global legal solution.
Gateley became an Alternative Business Structure (“ABS”) 
with effect from 1 January 2014. Non-lawyers are permitted 
to own and invest in ABS law firms. The board believes a 
combination of the ABS structure and admission to trading 
on AIM provides a platform for the continued profitable 
growth and future diversified development of the business. 
It enables the business to differentiate itself from its 
competition through an enhanced service-offering and 
unique career opportunity, to diversify its revenue streams 
through the acquisition of additional complementary legal 
and professional consultancy service businesses and finally to 
incentivise its people offering wider and earlier ownership to 
staff of a more modern, dynamic business. 
The Group’s current areas of focus are:
	 Enhanced opportunities to grow Gateley 
organically – including lateral hires of individuals 
or teams
	 Making selective acquisitions, including  
(i) other legal firms which offer geographical 
expansion or additional specialist services and 
(ii) professional consultancy service businesses 
offering complementary services
	 Building out the Group’s Platforms which 
comprise clusters of complementary group 
services presenting a broader and more 
compelling offering
	 Alignment through share participation, of the 
interests of shareholders(including employee 
shareholders) with those of the business, aiding 
retention of staff and enhancing Gateley’s 
recruitment appeal.
Principal activity, objectives, 
strategy and outlook
The principal activity of the Gateley Group during the year was the provision 
of commercial legal services together with complementary professional 
consultancy services. The Group sells its services through 26 business lines, 
grouped into four operating segments, known as Platforms. Dependent on a 
client’s requirements, any given instruction or assignment can involve more 
than one business line with fee earning staff being provided across one or 
more geographical office location.
Organic growth strategy
The UK legal services market continues to exhibit growth and clear 
opportunities exist for Gateley to continue to differentiate its 
service offering and grow organically, in particular from:
•	
The retention of existing employees, working together to 
deliver 100% client satisfaction by looking after our clients’ 
businesses as if they were our own
•	
Attracting new talent wishing to be a part of a pioneering law 
led professional services group
•	
We will continue to provide enhanced cross-selling 
opportunities through collaborative working via our Group 
wide Platforms
•	
Continued strengthening of our national network, offering a 
quality, value-for-money legal service to mid-market clients at 
home, in the markets in which they trade
•	
Continue to build upon our straight-talking mid-market 
corporate service offering
•	
Maintaining and building upon Gateley’s bank panel 
representation and “own account” work for banks
•	
Extending Gateley’s relationships with the UK’s leading house 
builders and in particular in those divisions and regions where 
Gateley does not currently act
Acquisitive growth
Gateley believes that it can strengthen its business by broadening 
its service offering through the acquisition of complementary 
legal and consultancy service businesses. A broader set of 
services create additional channels to market, increase cross-
sales potential, facilitate a more flexible sales model and enhance 
client retention. To owners of target complementary professional 
services businesses Gateley offers a platform for their continued 
growth, drawing upon Gateley’s established national office network 
and supporting back-office infrastructure and access, via Gateley’s 
existing “sales force” of partners and other lawyers, to Gateley’s 
existing client-base. Gateley will expand by:
•	
being well positioned, as a result of its more flexible corporate 
structure, to take advantage of anticipated consolidation 
within the UK legal services industry
•	
acquiring legal teams or firms offering new niche services, 
sector specialism, or an opportunity to enter new geographic 
markets deemed strategic
•	
acquiring complementary professional services businesses 
(facilitated by the Group’s alternative business structure)
Incentivisation
Gateley operates a range of employee share schemes that ensure 
all staff can acquire shares and participate in the financial success 
of our business. 
The aim of encouraging earlier and widespread equity ownership in 
the business is to attract, retain and motivate talent and to ensure 
all employees can benefit from the Group’s longer-term success.
Overview for the year
See Chief Financial Officer’s report on pages 34 to 39 for a 
summary of key financial highlights during the year.
Management uses a number of financial and non-GAAP alternative 
performance measures to assess the performance of the Group 
which are detailed below.
Financial Measures:
•	
Revenue up 6.0% (2023: 18.6%) to £172.5m (2023: 
£162.7m)
•	
Underlying profit before tax down 8.1% (2023: up 16.2%) to 
£23.0m (2023: £25.1m)
•	
Profit after tax down 17.7% (2023: down 47.0%) to £10.1m 
(2023: £12.2m)
•	
Operating profit margin 6.5% (2023: 9.9%) – Operating profit 
as a percentage of revenue
•	
Basic Earnings per share (EPS) down 20.8% (2023: down 
49.5%) to 7.74p (2023: 9.77p)
•	
Total dividend declared remains at 9.5p (2023: 9.5p)
Alternative Performance Measures (APMs):
•	
Operating profit before non-underlying charges down 18.9% 
to £20.3m (2023: £25.0m). Operating profit before non-
underlying charges excludes income or expenses that relate to 
remuneration for post-combination services, gain on bargain 
purchase, acquisition related amortisation, share based 
payment charges and non-underlying and exceptional items, 
see reconciliation on page 38. This measure is used as it 
removes the impact of non-cash items charged to the income 
statement, giving a more representative view of the Group’s 
performance for the year. 
•	
Operating profit margin before non-underlying and 
exceptional charges 11.7% (2023: 15.4%) – operating 
profit before non-underlying and exceptional charges as a 
percentage of revenue.
•	
Revenue per pound of salary cost £1.59 (2023: £1.68): 
Employees are the driving force behind revenue earned 
and also the largest operating expense within the Group. 
Therefore this measure monitors the ratio between the two. 
41
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
40

•	
Revenue days 111 (2023: 113): This measure expresses year 
end trade receivables (excluding unbilled disbursements and 
expenses) as the number of preceding days’ gross revenue. 
The measure is used to monitor the cash generation and 
working capital cycles of the business with the view to 
minimise the average days taken to collect revenue once it is 
billed. 
•	
Utilisation 83% (2023: 89%): Utilisation represents an 
average of the total hours billed as a percentage of total 
available hours for each employee. The measure is used by 
management to ensure efficient people management across 
the various segments and an early indication of Group activity 
levels. 
•	
Gearing ratio 16.1% (2023: 9.2%): This ratio shows the 
proportion of total debt to total equity within the business. 
The business monitors this ratio to ensure that the liquidity 
and funding of the business continues to fall in line with its 
overall strategy to maintain a low level of gearing.
•	
Net cash £3.8m (2023: £4.3m): Net cash is calculated by 
subtracting the amount of other interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings from the cash balance. The measure is used to 
monitor the level of debt within the Group and ensure that 
this remains in line with the adopted business strategy.
Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS was 7.74p (2023: 9.77p). Diluted EPS was 7.63p (2023: 
9.52p). Adjusted, fully diluted EPS was 14.20p (2023: 16.28p).
Cash flow generated and net debt position
Net cash generated from operating activities was £14.0m (2023: 
£9.7m).
The Group’s net cash position as at 30 April 2024 was £3.8m 
(2023: £4.3m).
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position, are 
set out in the Chief Financial Officer’s review, together with the 
financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and 
borrowings. Financial projections have been prepared to October 
2025 which show positive earnings and cash flow generation. 
The Group typically applies sensitivities (informed by the past 
experiences of the Group since the onset of the pandemic, 
including the Group’s time recording activity, fee generation and 
cash collections) to any current financial projections based on 
various downside scenarios to illustrate the potential impact from a 
downturn in client activity or any increases in costs.
This process included a reverse ‘stress test’ used to inform downside 
testing which identified the break point in the Group’s liquidity. 
Whilst the sensitivities applied do show an expected downside 
impact on the Group’s financial performance in future periods, in 
all scenarios modelled the board have identified the appropriate 
mitigating actions in order for the Group to maintain a robust 
balance sheet and liquidity position. In addition, the board have also 
considered mitigating actions such as lower capital expenditure, 
reductions in personnel and overhead expenditure and other 
short-term cash management activities within the Group’s control 
as part of their assessment of going concern.
The Group continues to work closely with its supportive banks, 
utilising the three-year Revolving Credit Facility, of which £13m 
was drawn down at 30 April 2024, with committed funding 
of £30m until April 2025. As at 30 April 2024 the Group has 
net cash of £3.8m and continues to sensibly manage its cash 
position within permitted covenants relating to its facility. 
Discussions are underway with the Group’s banking partners 
to provide a new facility, with terms anticipated to be agreed 
well ahead of expiry of the current facility. Furthermore, the 
Group’s supportive banks have provided a comfort letter that 
expresses their willingness to extend the current facility to 
October 2025, should it be required.
The Group expects to be able to operate within the Group’s 
existing financing facilities for the foreseeable future and 
currently demonstrates significant debt capacity headroom 
based on its strong financial performance. Accordingly, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company 
and the Group have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future and at 
least 12 months from the approval of these financial 
statements. Accordingly, they have adopted the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual 
Group financial statements.
 
Principal activity, objectives,  
strategy and outlook
continued
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
42
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
43

Macro-economic headwinds and inflationary pressures
Reputation 
Details of Risk
Details of Risk
There is a risk that external macro-economic factors impact the 
ability of the Group to deliver on its strategic objectives. 
Our people and clients are impacted by the cost of living crisis 
and wider economic uncertainty. 
Liquidity risk
• Elements of any potential future disruption could impact the 
Group’s ability to convert unbilled time into fees as client 
activity is affected by the macro-economic uncertainty which 
could slow down collection of cash as forecast.
The success of the Group’s business depends on the maintenance 
of good client relationships and its reputation for providing high-
quality professional services. If a client’s expectations are not met, 
or if the business is involved in litigation or claims relating to its 
performance in a particular matter, the Group’s reputation could 
be significantly damaged. 
The Group’s reputation could also be damaged through Gateley’s 
involvement (as an adviser or as a litigant) in high-profile or 
unpopular legal proceedings. The Group may incur significant 
reputational and financial harm if such litigation is successful or if 
there is negative press coverage.
The Group regards its brand names, trademarks, domain names, trade 
secrets and similar intellectual property as important to its success. Its 
businesses have been developed with a strong emphasis on branding. 
Should the brand name of Gateley be damaged in any way or lose 
market appeal, the Group’s businesses could be adversely impacted. 
M  Chance: Medium
M  Impact: Medium
=  Change in risk: No change
M  Chance: Medium 
H  Impact: High 
=  Change in risk: No change
Mitigating Factors
Mitigating Factors
The Group has proven that it is well positioned to withstand the 
effects of the economic headwinds, as it navigated successfully 
through the pandemic. This is due to the broad-based nature of the 
Group’s activities; comprising legal and non-legal services delivered 
to a diverse and well spread client base. The balance between 
transactional services and litigation services effectively hedges the 
position of the business. 
The Group has demonstrated that it is prepared to take steps to 
preserve the liquidity of the business including cancelling dividends, 
cancelling bonuses, freezing pay and reducing non-essential 
expenditure. The Company remains confident that other mitigating 
actions are available alongside alternative sources of funding should 
further action be needed. 
The Group continues to realise operational efficiencies, to mitigate 
the impacts of wage inflation.
The Group continues to maintain a strong balance sheet to be able 
to absorb the impact of short-term economic instability. 
The Group constantly endeavours to maintain its reputation as 
a provider of client focused commercial advice and has adopted 
internal management processes and training programmes to 
support this. Its legal services are Lexcel accredited (the SRA’s 
quality standard). These standards are applied across the non-
legal parts of the business where applicable.
New clients and matters go through an internal acceptance 
process that includes a comprehensive risk assessment. This 
includes consideration of potential impact of each engagement on 
the Group’s integrity and reputation. 
While the Group will use all reasonable endeavours to protect 
its intellectual property rights should this be required, it may 
not be able to prevent any unauthorised use or disclosure of 
its intellectual property having an adverse effect on operating, 
marketing and financial performance of the Group. 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
The board monitors both existing and emerging risks. The operational Risk Committee identifies risks facing the business, recording these in 
the risk register and regularly assesses the status of these risks. Many of the risks faced by the Group are similar to those risks faced by any 
business but those considered to be key risks for the Group are detailed below. Due to the nature of the business and the markets in which 
it operates, many of the risks it faces are ongoing, proving relevant to more than one single year.
Operational & IT risk
Cyber and data risk
Details of Risk
Details of Risk
The Group places significant reliance on its IT systems, any loss of 
these facilities or provisions would have a serious impact on the 
Group’s operations. Due to the nature of this risk no assurances 
can be given that all such risks will be adequately covered by its 
existing systems.
Due to the nature of the Group’s business and its reliance on IT 
platforms, the Group is at risk of cyber attack. The risk of cyber 
attack continues to increase not just within the legal and other 
professional services sectors but for all businesses operating 
via the internet across the world. The risk to the Group relates 
primarily to the risk of malicious hacking of the Group’s systems 
with consequent risk to client data or of ransom attacks. 
M  Chance: Medium 
H  Impact: High 
=  Change in risk: No change
H  Chance: High
H  Impact: High 
=  Change in risk: No change
Mitigating Factors
Mitigating Factors
The Group monitors the resilience of its information systems 
and other facilities on an ongoing basis, working with external 
partners to support the delivery of its internal and client facing IT 
provision. 
The Group has in place a business continuity plan and an IT 
disaster recovery plan that are reviewed as appropriate. 
The Group, and external partners assisting in the development 
and implementation of the new system have undertaken risk 
assessment and have concluded that adequate safeguards are in 
place to minimise the risk of loss or disruption to the business. 
The Group and the Risk Committee are aware of the increasing 
cyber risk. The risk cannot be avoided as IT systems are 
fundamental to the delivery of the Group’s services. Accordingly 
the Group has an ongoing programme based on the adoption 
and continual improvement of IT security controls and business 
procedures to mitigate this risk. 
The Group regularly reviews and tests its security arrangements, 
for example implementing regular third party penetration tests, in 
order to identify and subsequently address possible weaknesses 
within the current systems.
In June 2022 the Group experienced a cyber attack. Fortunately the 
attack was identified quickly, and significant disruption was avoided. 
A full review of the incident was carried out and enhancements to 
the Group’s IT security arrangements are being and will continue 
to be implemented as part of the Group’s ongoing programme to 
mitigate this risk.
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
45
44
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Principal risks and uncertainties 
continued
46
Regulatory Compliance
Acquisition risk
Details of Risk
Details of Risk
The Group, like all businesses, is subject to a range of regulations, 
for example, AIM Rules and the Solicitors Regulation Authority’s 
(“SRA”) Code of Conduct for Firms. Failure to comply with these 
could have significant implications for the business ranging from 
reputational damage to criminal prosecution and sentencing. The 
Group operates in a regulated market which imposes additional 
regulation, including restrictions on holdings of 10% or more 
under the Legal Services Act 2007. This Act dictates that the 
acquisition by any non-deemed approved lawyer of a restricted 
interest (a shareholding of 10% or more) in Gateley Plc, (which 
is an SRA Licenced Body) without the prior consent of the SRA 
would be treated as a criminal offence. The SRA also has the 
power to force the divestment of any shareholding that breaches 
the rule or revoke the Licenced Body status of Gateley Plc which 
would have a serious effect on the Group. 
The SRA also regulates the use and disclosure of client 
information. The Group is exposed to the risk of employees 
engaging in misconduct, including the improper use or disclosure 
of confidential client information. Employee misconduct could 
result in considerable harm to the Group’s reputation, as well as 
regulatory sanctions and financial damage. 
The Group‘s strategy is for growth, both organically and by 
acquisition. Acquisitions may not always realise the benefits 
expected at the time of completion.
A failure to successfully integrate acquisitions may impact on 
Group profitability.
The availability of viable acquisition opportunities may decrease. 
L  Chance: Low
M  Impact: Medium 
=  Change in risk: No change 
L  Chance: Low
M  Impact: Medium 
=  Change in risk: No change 
Mitigating Factors
Mitigating Factors
The Directors are in a dialogue with the SRA to minimise such risk 
and as far as they are able, ensure that this particular regulation is 
made known to shareholders. 
Staff are trained and reminded of these duties and file 
management processes are in place to mitigate this risk, but it 
cannot be removed in full. 
The Group will consider complementary and earnings enhancing 
acquisitions as part of its overall growth strategy. Acquisitions may 
not always realise the benefits expected at the time of completion. 
Integration plans are formulated as part of the acquisition process 
and executed in anticipation of and following acquisition as 
appropriate.
The Group has an experienced in-house acquisitions team with 
a proven track record that undertakes a robust due diligence 
process with external experts being utilised where necessary. 
Risks are further mitigated through the retention and appropriate 
incentivisation of acquisition targets’ senior management. 
The board considers that the recent consolidation within the 
professional services market will continue and that as a result 
there will be continuing availability of businesses for acquisition.
Professional liability and uninsured risks
Employees
Details of Risk
Details of Risk
The Group provides professional services, predominantly legal 
advice. Like all providers of professional services, it is susceptible 
to potential liability from negligence, breach of client contract and 
other claims by clients. The professional indemnity insurance held 
by the Group may not be adequate to indemnify the Group for 
all liability that may be incurred (or loss which may be suffered). 
Any liability or legal defence expenses that are not covered by 
insurance or are in excess of the insurance coverage could have 
a materially adverse effect on the Group’s business and financial 
condition. 
Well trained and experienced employees are essential for the 
delivery of excellent professional services. The market for such 
employees remains competitive and the loss of or failure to 
recruit and retain such employees could impact on the Group’s 
ability to deliver professional services and financial performance. 
A failure to implement effective succession planning throughout 
the business could also adversely affect financial performance.
The geographical spread of management and the development 
of new offices and operations could compromise effective 
communication and responsiveness impacting the Group’s 
strategic goals. 
L  Chance: Low
M  Impact: Medium 
=  Change in risk: No change 
L  Chance: Medium
M  Impact: High
=  Change in risk: No change 
Mitigating Factors
Mitigating Factors
The Group is advised by market leading insurance brokers and the 
Directors believe that it holds comprehensive professional liability 
insurance. Any claims are defended strongly by senior members 
of the business at all stages and external advice is sought where 
appropriate. The Group works hard to ensure its employees 
provide excellent advice and services to its clients, underpinned 
by quality processes and bespoke training programmes. In the 
opinion of the Directors the Group has a good claims history. 
Recruitment is led by senior members of the business with all 
professional staff being interviewed by partners and senior 
managers.
Remuneration arrangements include a range of benefits and are 
considered to be highly competitive. 
Employee contracts include appropriate provisions to protect the 
business where possible. A comprehensive training programme is 
in place for all staff providing management, leadership, technical 
and skills training. 
The board and the boards of the Group companies are 
responsible for the implementation of succession plans for each 
of the businesses and investment continues to be made in the 
recruitment of appropriate staff where required. 
Use of internal communications systems is continuously reviewed 
and developed to meet staff needs.
The Group has a vision statement which sets out the core values 
and behaviours expected of staff. 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
47
46
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Section 172(1) statement 
In doing so the Directors have paid regards to key stakeholders and 
other matters set out in s172(1) of the Act when making decisions 
in the year, including:
•	
likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;
•	
interests of the Group’s employees;
•	
need to foster the Group’s business relationships with clients, 
suppliers, and others;
•	
impact of the Group’s operations on the community and 
environment;
•	
Group’s reputation for high standards of business conduct; 
and
•	
need to act fairly as between members of the Group.
The disclosures set out below are some examples of how the 
Directors have had regard to the matters set out in Section 172(1)
(a) to (f) when discharging their section 172 duties and the effect 
of that on certain decisions taken by them. More detail on how our 
board operates can be found in the Corporate Governance Report 
at www.gateleyplc.com/investors/investor-relations/aim-rule-26/. 
Illustrations of how section 172 factors have been applied by the 
board can be found throughout the Strategic Report. For example, 
details of how we have considered the impact of the Company’s 
operations on the environment are set out below. 
Board decision made in the year 
Strategy: Acquisition of businesses during the year 
Application of s.172 
The Group has made two acquisitions in the year. During the board’s 
consideration of the acquisitions, management presented its due 
diligence findings. The board considered how the acquisition would 
fit in with the culture of the business and the long-term value creation 
strategy of the wider Group. The acquired business demonstrated its 
alignment with the Gateley ethos and strong potential for growth.
Strategy: Dividend 
Application of s.172 
The board has declared an interim dividend of 3.3p per share and 
proposes a final dividend of 6.2p per share. In reaching this decision 
the board considered all key stakeholders including shareholders, 
employees and creditors. The board determined closing cash 
reserves to be sufficient to ensure the continued ability to meet 
future employee and creditor liabilities based on the results of FY24. 
Governance: Board effectiveness
Application of s.172 
The Group evaluates the performance and effectiveness of the 
board, its Directors and Chair each year to ensure the right balance 
of skills, experience and knowledge is maintained in order for each to 
perform their duties effectively and deliver strong continued growth.
Finance: Approval of 2024/25 budget 
Application of s.172 
The Group’s business plan is to drive sustainable growth in the long 
term, which is in the interest of all stakeholders. The board has paid 
close consideration to this objective in establishing and approving 
the FY25 year -end budget. In the current economic climate this has 
involved close monitoring of the impact of economic headwinds on 
each sector in which the Group operates, ensuring no over reliance 
on a single market or client; ensuring the Group is well placed 
to continue to deliver a high standard of client service through 
new ways of working; and increasing focus on minimising our 
environmental impact. 
The Directors consider that they have acted in the way most likely 
to promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its members.
We continue to make good progress in considering the climate-
related risks within our operation and will continue to focus over 
the coming years as we recognise that there is work still to be 
delivered by the Group, and all businesses, if the world is to achieve 
the Paris Agreement’s goal of being net zero by 2050. 
The disclosure has been prepared under the requirements of UK 
CFD (United Kingdom Climate-related financial disclosures), under 
section 414CA and 414CB of Companies Act 2006. We understand 
effective management and adaptation to climate-related issues will 
be an iterative process, that will require continuous improvement. 
We are committed to building on our current understanding, 
management, and resilience to climate risk and will look to 
continuously advance our strategic and financial planning to ensure 
effective climate change adaptation. We will be transparent and 
communicate our progress in this space via annual CFD-aligned 
reporting. Our disclosures are summarised below against each of 
the 11 TCFD disclosure recommendations.
Governance
Describe the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and 
opportunities
The board has oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities. 
On a monthly basis the Sustainability Task Force reports to the 
board identifying risks, opportunities and progress made. These 
climate-focused updates are discussed at each monthly board 
meeting. Board Member Peter Davies leads on sustainability, 
ensuring that climate-related risks are managed in line with our 
Group-wide risk management framework.
Describe management’s role in assessing and managing 
climate-related risks and opportunities
The board considers climate-related risks and opportunities with 
management responsibilities integrated into the relevant functional 
areas through Department Heads, including Facilities; IT; Risk; 
Finance; HR and Marketing. 
Our Responsible Business team meets on a 6-weekly basis to 
consider all aspects of ESG, including climate-related risks and 
opportunities.
Our Sustainability Task Force, led by Peter Davies, meets monthly 
to ensure momentum is maintained on climate-related initiatives 
which are captured in a Sustainability Action Plan (“SAP”). 
The Sustainability Task Force regularly reports to the board on 
progress against our ESG ambitions, climate strategy and related 
commitments.
Task Force on Climate Related 
Financial Disclosures
Being a purpose-led business, we are committed to minimising the impact that 
we have on the environment and operating in a sustainable manner. 
Risk management
Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and 
assessing climate-related risks and opportunities.
As outlined previously, our board reports on the climate-related 
risks and opportunities that are most likely to impact the business, 
and these are aligned to our risk management framework when 
determining the materiality of the Group’s exposure to climate-
related risks. During the year we have shared best practice with 
clients in respect of sustainability.
On an annual basis, as part of our business continuity training and 
assessments, our Operations Board consider emergency scenarios 
which may impact the Group, including climate-related emergencies. 
Six climate-related risks and opportunities were identified as 
potentially material to the Group, which included 4 transition risks, 1 
physical risk and 1 opportunity. Further information on these risks is 
included within the tables on page 51.
Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-
related risks.
Our processes for managing climate-related risks are consistent 
with our process for managing other risks in the business and 
follow standard risk management processes, i.e. a risk identification 
exercise is performed. This is then followed by an assessment of 
the identified risks and a mitigation plan is prepared accordingly. 
The response is implemented, and the risk is monitored and 
reported on an ongoing basis.
The process for prioritising climate-related risks is similar to other 
risks, i.e. these are prioritised based on the assessment of their 
likelihood and potential impact on our operations, e.g. our financial 
performance.
Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and 
managing climate-related risks and opportunities are 
integrated into the organisation’s overall risk management.
Our approach to climate risk management is aligned to our 
Group-wide risk management framework. The board monitors 
both existing and emerging risks. The operational Risk Committee 
identifies risks facing the business, recording these in the risk 
register and regularly assesses the status of these risks. Many of 
the risks faced by the Group are similar to those risks faced by any 
business and, due to the nature of the business and the markets 
in which it operates, many of the risks it faces including climate-
related risks are ongoing, proving relevant to more than one single 
year. We tailor our underlying policies and controls to manage the 
different risks and exposures.
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
49
48
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures 
continued
Strategy
Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the 
organisation has identified over the short, medium and long 
term.
We have outlined the climate-related risks and opportunities in 
the table that follows in line with our purpose: clients; people; 
communities; and have also included infrastructure. 
We consider short term to be less than one-year, medium term to 
be by 2030 and long term to be by 2050. 
We aim to be net zero in our operations and supply chain by 2040.
Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities 
on the organisation’s business strategy and financial planning.
We have considered the impact of climate-related issues on our 
business strategy and financial planning within the table. We 
recognise that our assessment will continue to evolve over time and 
that more work needs to be done as our collective understanding 
of climate related risks and opportunities grows.
Describe the resilience of the business model and strategy, 
taking into consideration of different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2 degrees or lower scenario.
We have considered two climate-related scenarios: 1.5 degrees 
above pre-industrial levels and a ‘Hothouse Earth’ scenario with 
4 degrees of warming above the pre-industrial age, which would 
create a global climate emergency.
1.5 degrees above pre-industrial levels
Risk/ opportunity
Timeframe
Business impact
Business response
Clients
Property loss/ 
damage due to 
climate-related 
change events.
Short/ medium 
term
The increase in climate-related weather events (such as 
floods) has and will continue to cause property damage 
and loss for our clients. This could lead to clients being 
unable to meet payment terms. 
There is an opportunity for the Group to offer relevant 
services to support our clients negatively impacted by 
such weather events.
We have invested in the capabilities of qualified and 
experienced loss adjusters through the acquisition of 
Gateley Smithers Purslow. The team provides specialist 
insurance loss services to clients impacted by climate-
related events to ensure that our clients can respond to 
and recover from the risk presented through premises 
damage and the inability to occupy.
Transition to a 
net zero carbon 
economy.
Short/ medium 
term
There is an opportunity to review the products and 
services that we offer our clients to help them to achieve 
their own net zero carbon objectives throughout their 
supply chain.
Risk exists that we could lose our trusted adviser position 
if we are unable to provide the advisory support which 
our clients require, and they look to another provider for 
that and associated advice.
Through our annual business planning process and regular 
client listening, we are actively engaging with our clients 
to understand their sustainability challenges and concerns 
within their operations and where we can provide legal 
advice and advisory services to help them to address these 
challenges. Such opportunities are reviewed quarterly 
through each of our four Platforms (see note 4) and 
discussed within our Strategic Board.
Clients / People
Reputation
Medium and 
long term
Being linked to clients or suppliers that are not operating 
in a sustainable manner would be detrimental to our 
responsible business ethos, damaging our reputation 
both inside and outside of the business, which could 
result in clients deciding to no longer instruct us. 
We review the clients that we engage with to assess their ESG 
commitments, including their sustainability protocols, and 
would escalate any decisions on whether to act for a client 
which did not operate in an ethical manner to our board.
Gateley is well-placed to influence the energy agenda 
as we work for 18 of the UK’s top 20 housebuilders and 
are involved in many significant infrastructure projects. 
We are able – through the professional advice that we 
give – to support our clients in delivering place strategies 
which make a positive impact in terms of CO2 reduction 
including new public transport connections, walking and 
cycling routes and green infrastructure.
Strategic procurement projects are reviewed from a 
sustainability perspective to ensure that all aspects of our 
supply chain are as sustainable as they can be, recognising 
that many businesses, like us, are on a journey towards net 
zero and are evolving their products and working practices.
People
Talent retention 
Short, medium 
and long term
We are a people business and attracting and retaining 
the best people is essential to the future success of 
our business. Ensuring that our people understand and 
buy-in to our sustainability commitment, recognising our 
activities as credible and authentic, is central to delivering 
our purpose as a responsible business. Reputational 
damage is considered a principal risk of the group and 
further information can be found on page 44. 
We engage with our colleagues to provide opportunities 
for them to support our transition to net zero through 
changes in the way that they work (for example using 
Teams technology to avoid excessive travel or the 
ongoing commitment to paperlite working practices) or 
the way that they commute to our offices (through the 
introduction of an electric/ hybrid car scheme or the ability 
to work on an agile/ hybrid basis).
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
51
50
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures 
continued
Risk/ opportunity
Timeframe
Business impact
Business response
Communities
Reducing carbon 
with our supply 
chain
Short, medium 
and long term
Although our supply chain is not as carbon intensive 
as other sectors, we remain reliant on the actions of 
the suppliers within our supply chain to meet their low 
carbon/ net zero targets. The risk is that suppliers are 
unable to meet their low carbon targets in the timeframe 
that would enable us to meet our own.
Our procurement strategy continues to focus on 
working with suppliers that share our commitment to 
ESG principles across all aspects of their operations. 
Sustainability assessments form part of each strategic 
procurement decision.
Infrastructure
Business occupancy
Short and 
medium term
The increased use of agile working, both within our 
own operations and that of our clients, has significantly 
changed the number of people who routinely commute 
into our office network daily. This creates a risk that 
property-related cost is being incurred that is not 
required. There is also an opportunity to consider the use 
of our office space and identify opportunities to reshape 
the space that we use, potentially generating additional 
revenue for the Group.
We actively review our property portfolio to consider 
whether the space can be used in a different way which 
would reduce cost or generate additional revenue. We 
continue to consolidate our occupied office space and have 
closed our Leicester office during the year, relocating team 
members to our Nottingham office/other offices such as 
London. 
Reviews of our building lease arrangements continue as and 
when commitments are up for renewal.
4 degrees above pre-industrial levels
Risk/ opportunity
Timeframe
Business impact
Business response
Clients
Impact of extreme 
weather events
Medium/ long 
term
Clients are exposed to the impact of extreme weather 
and the ability to operate in locations where extreme 
weather events, such as wildfires or flooding has taken 
place.
Our property developers and housebuilders may not be 
able to find opportunities to acquire suitable land or to 
develop the land that they already have as a result of the 
unsuitability of certain locations due to climate-related 
events. This could lead to a reduction in instructions for 
Gateley.
We are a resilient and diversified business which ensures 
that we can provide support to a diverse client base and 
are not over-reliant on a sector or geography.
The diversified offering, with the combination of legal 
and advisory services, means that we are well placed to 
help our clients to implement strategies and solutions 
to mitigate the risk to their businesses or to recover 
post-incident.
People
Impact of extreme 
weather events
Short, medium 
and long term
Like our clients, extreme weather events could make 
it difficult for our colleagues to work in certain office 
environments, but it does depend on the type and 
location of the extreme weather event.
The shift to hybrid working has ensured that we are able to 
deliver excellent client service regardless of office location. 
With continued use of agile working practices combined with 
technology, we would be able to service our clients in spite of 
the impact of extreme weather events.
Infrastructure
IT infrastructure
Medium and 
long term
Extreme weather events could damage our IT 
infrastructure, for example due to fire, flood or 
overheating. Our ability to deliver our services would be 
significantly impacted by the loss of our IT environment.
Through our business continuity planning and training, 
we regularly review, update and test the protocols which 
would ensure that we could continue to operate should 
one of our technology hubs become out of action. We 
use fail over technology to ensure that we could move our 
operations on to servers operated out of technology hubs 
not impacted by this weather event.
Metrics and targets
Describe the metrics used by the organisation to assess 
climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy 
and risk management processes.
We are committed to achieving net zero ahead of the UK 
government’s target of 2050 to achieve the goals of the Paris 
Agreement. Reported energy and GHG emissions data is compliant 
with SECR requirements and has been calculated in accordance 
with the GHG Protocol and SECR guidelines. Energy and GHG 
emissions are reported from buildings and transport where 
operational control is held – this includes electricity, natural gas, 
and business travel in company-owned or grey-fleet vehicles. 
Energy and GHG emissions have been calculated using previously 
set guidance from an independent third party consultancy.
Gateley reports Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions 
annually which helps us to monitor our carbon footprint and 
reduce emissions. We report GHG emissions and energy use under 
the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) under the 
Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships 
(Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018. The intensity ratios 
were calculated for Gateley Plc and have been calculated using 
turnover, energy usage and greenhouse gas emissions figures. For 
further information, see page 54 for our SECR reporting.
Moving forward, we will consider developing and implementing 
further metrics that may be used to effectively monitor identified 
priority climate-related risks and opportunities (identified in 
Strategy) and measure performance of mitigation actions.
So far, we have focused our efforts on the climate risk identification 
and assessment process to better understand our risk profile 
across various climate scenarios, and where best to prioritise our 
efforts. We have continued to concentrate on our GHG emissions 
measurement and reporting process in line with SECR Regulations 
2018, and will consider the use of both current year and historic 
emissions data to identify a baseline to set GHG emission reduction 
targets. In FY25, we will evaluate the opportunity to establish 
GHG emissions reduction targets for our Group, the outcome 
of which we expect to be reported in next year’s Annual Report. 
Going forward, we will also consider developing and implementing 
metrics and associated targets relating to our priority climate-
related risks and opportunities identified from this year’s climate 
risk assessment. As our analysis matures, we may revise the 
appropriateness of any metrics and targets, as well as look to 
identify new metrics and targets to effectively monitor and 
measure our climate-related performance over time.
Disclose Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, 
and the related risks.
We report scope 1, 2 and part of scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions 
resulting from the energy used in our buildings and employees’ 
business travel. These are included in our Environmental Actions 
Statement on page 54.
Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage 
climate-related risks and opportunities and performance 
against targets.
Having reviewed what other legal and professional services 
businesses are doing in relation to setting net zero targets 
(recognising that the Government’s Net Zero Strategy has set a 
target date of 2050 for the UK to achieve net zero), Gateley has 
committed to:
•	
The attainment of net zero emissions by 2040. 
•	
Setting interim targets for 2030 to reduce CO2 emissions by 
50% compared to 2019 levels.
This will ensure that we can meet the demands of our clients, our 
people, and our investors.
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
53
52
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Environmental actions statement 
UK energy consumption and Greenhouse Gas disclosure
The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulation 2018 requires Gateley (Holdings) Plc to disclose annual 
UK energy consumption and Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions 
from SECR regulated sources. Energy and GHG emissions have been 
calculated using previously set guidance from an independent third-
party consultancy. 
The data reported is for Gateley Plc. The parent company consumes 
less than 40MWh of energy per year and is, therefore, exempt from 
providing full disclosure in this report. 
Following on from the Paperlite project that we introduced across our 
business in 2020, we have continued to find ways to reduce the amount 
of printing required including the installation of two monitors on all 
hot desks and the introduction of DocuSign e-signature technology. As 
a result of our reduction in printing, we were able to remove most of 
our desk printers, which were donated to local charities through our 
relationship with social enterprise, Make Good Grow, and have completed 
a procurement exercise to appoint a print partner who will deliver 
sustainable and efficient multi-functional devices to each of our offices. 
We continue to use Microsoft Teams to reduce travel between offices 
including delivering our Leadership Lunches, Gateley Leadership 
Overview and new starter inductions virtually. Our Gateley Agile 
approach encourages meetings to be held virtually where not all 
attendees can attend in person.
We continue to review our property estate and colleagues have moved 
into existing offices in order to reduce our footprint. For example, 
our Adamson Jones colleagues joined our existing Nottingham office 
and Gateley Smithers Purslow moved into our Nottingham and 
Manchester offices. 
Reported energy and GHG emissions data is compliant with SECR 
requirements and has been calculated in accordance with the GHG 
Protocol and SECR guidelines. Energy and GHG emissions are reported 
from buildings and transport where operational control is held – this 
includes electricity, natural gas and business travel in company-owned 
or grey-fleet vehicles. The table below details the regulated SECR 
energy and GHG emissions sources for the current reporting period 1 
May 2023 to 30 April 2024.
Data records and methodology
Metered kWh consumption taken from supplier or landlord invoices 
is reported where possible. 
Scope 1,2 and 3 consumption and CO2e emission data has been 
calculated in line with the 2019 UK government environmental 
reporting guidance. The following Emission Factor Databases 
consistent with the 2019 UK government environmental reporting 
guidance have been used, utilising the current published kWh gross 
calorific value (CV) and kgCO2e emissions factors relevant for 
reporting years ending 30 April 2024 and 30 April 2023:
•	
Database 2023, Version 1.1
Transport emissions have been calculated based on mileage expense 
claim records, applying the average UK split between petrol and 
diesel vehicles to estimate relative fuel usage. Mileage per fuel type 
was converted into equivalent GHG emissions using the most recent 
emissions factors published by BEIS in 2022, and then divided by the 
gross Calorific Value to deduce kWh consumption.0
2024
2023
Change
Energy (thousand kWh)
 Natural Gas
1,023
1,304
(22%)
 Electricity
2,545
2,530
1%
 Transport
289
292
(1%)
Total energy (thousand kWh)
3,857
4,126
(7%)
Emissions (tCO2e)
 Natural Gas
187
304
(38%)
 Electricity
540
590
(8%)
 Transport 
68
69
(1%)
Total SECR emissions
795
963
(17%)
Intensity metrics
£m turnover
173
163
6%
tCO2e per £m of turnover
4.6
5.9
(22%)
Average headcount
1,536
1,439
7%
tCO2e per employee
0.5
0.7
(23%)
Square footage (thousand sq.ft)
117
126
(7%)
tCO2e per square foot
6.8
7.6
(11%)
The Gateley RJA team supporting their local community 
through our volunteering programme, transforming an 
allotment area at Kibworth Primary School.
55
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
54

Anti-bribery policy
We value our reputation for ethical behaviour and upholding 
the utmost integrity and we comply with the FCA’s clients’ best 
interests rule. We recognise that in addition to the criminality of 
bribery and corruption, any such crime would also have an adverse 
effect on our reputation and integrity and we do not tolerate 
bribery and corruption in our business. We limit our exposure 
to bribery and corruption, we ensure all our employees are 
adequately trained and our suppliers are aware of our position, by:
•	
Setting out clear anti-bribery and corruption policies;
•	
Providing mandatory training to all employees;
•	
Encouraging our employees to be vigilant and report any 
suspected cases of bribery in accordance with the specified 
procedures; and 
•	
Escalating and investigating instances of suspected bribery 
and assisting the police or other appropriate authorities in 
their investigations.
Gender pay reporting
The Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap Information) 
Regulations 2017 requires all employers with 250 or more 
employees in the UK to publish details of their gender pay gap. 
Its aim is to achieve greater transparency about gender pay 
difference. The analysis is based on data as at 5 April of each year 
and shows the differences in the average pay between men and 
women. The Group has submitted its data on gender pay to the 
government and published these details on our website.
Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always 
fully considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant 
concerned. In the event of members of staff becoming disabled, 
every effort is made to ensure that their employment within the 
Group continues and that appropriate training is arranged and 
support provided. It is the policy of the Group that the training, 
career development and promotion of disabled persons should, 
as far as possible, be identical to that of other employees.
Employee consultation
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its 
employees and has continued to keep them informed regularly on 
matters directly affecting them and Group wide developments. 
This is achieved through informal discussions between 
management and other employees at a local level after board 
meetings which are held across our office network, in annual 
briefing presentations to each office location and through the 
formation of committees and boards at different levels across the 
Group together with an active social events calendar. The Group 
further encourages employee involvement in the performance of 
the business through participation in share schemes, including the 
SAYE and CSOPs schemes. Our internal digital communication 
platform, is a hub of activity and communication across the Group 
and used extensively for social interaction as well as internal 
training, policy updates, cross selling activity and recognition of 
recent successes from around the Group.
Political donations
The Group made no political donations in the year (2023: £nil).
Approval
The strategic report contains certain forward-looking 
statements, which are made by the Directors in good faith based 
on the information available to them at the time of their approval 
of this annual report. Statements contained within the strategic 
report should be treated with some caution due to the inherent 
uncertainties (including but not limited to those arising from 
economic, regulatory and business risk factors) underlying any 
such forward-looking statements. The strategic report has been 
prepared by Gateley (Holdings) Plc to provide information to 
its shareholders and should not be relied upon for any other 
purpose. 
Pages 24 to 57 constitute the strategic report, which has been 
approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:
Neil Smith
Chief Financial Officer
15 July 2024
Social matters
We have a long-standing commitment to support our staff 
in engaging with their local communities and charities. This 
is achieved by allowing all staff to spend up to 15 hours 
undertaking paid volunteering leave per calendar year. This 
social awareness is present throughout the business, from our 
employees to our clients, our professional connections and the 
suppliers we work with. Our ongoing contribution through the 
commitment of our people to their local community continues 
to improve lives and helps build these communities.
Sustainability
To deliver strong, sustainable shareholder returns over the 
long-term the operation of a profitable business is a priority 
and that means investing for growth. To achieve this, the Group 
recognises that it needs to operate in a sustainable manner and 
therefore has adopted core principles to its business operations 
which provide a framework for both managing risk and 
maintaining its position as a good ‘corporate citizen’.
Charities and communities
We have a high level of engagement within our local 
communities. Each year, we sponsor business, sports and 
community awards. Our business has benefited greatly from 
winning numerous awards and we feel it’s right to help other 
businesses reap the rewards of such accolades. In addition, we 
sponsor a variety of local clubs, business and sports related 
events across the country. We believe this brings many benefits 
to the local community and beyond. Our staff vote annually to 
choose a national and local office charity to support throughout 
the year with fund raising activities engaging staff, clients and 
communities in a number of enjoyable events.
Developing our people
The Group continues to create opportunities for staff at all levels 
of the Group. We have a strong track record as an employer 
of choice in the provision of legal graduate traineeships and 
apprenticeship schemes highlighting our motivation to ‘grow 
our own’. Trainees work alongside qualified professionals in 
completing a period of recognised training (often known as 
a training contract) giving individuals supervised experience 
in legal practice. This is the final stage of the process of 
qualification as a solicitor where they refine and develop their 
professional skills. 
For our non-lawyer employees we offer both internal and 
external routes to qualifications and accreditations within their 
chosen sector and area of expertise.
In order to oversee our people development we have a dedicated 
internal training team on hand with soft skills and professional 
course guidance to enhance staff careers and upskill our staff at 
all levels throughout the year.
Diversity and inclusion
We are an equal opportunities employer and it is our policy to 
ensure that all job applicants and employees are treated fairly and 
on merit regardless of race, sex, marital/civil partnership status, 
age, disability, religious belief, pregnancy, maternity, paternity, 
gender identity or sexual orientation. We have five staff groups 
providing support to staff. 
	 Unity – Unity recognises, celebrates and supports employees 
from all different cultures, religions, and backgrounds. Our 
Unity network group highlights and celebrates events across 
all our offices to ensure we have an environment where all 
employees have room to breathe and feel comfortable bringing 
their full selves to work.
	 Thrive – Our Thrive network group supports the health 
and wellbeing of all employees to promote high levels of 
performance both physically and mentally across the Group. 
Thrive runs a series of events and training programmes 
throughout the year to raise awareness and to inspire our 
people to take care of themselves and those around them.
	 Inspire – Our Inspire network group has been set up to 
nurture, develop and provide support to all of our talent with a 
particular focus on career milestones and enabling our people 
to carve the careers they want successfully.
	 Pride – The Pride network group provides a welcoming, 
supportive, safe and confidential space for staff affected 
by sexual orientation and gender identity issues to share 
experiences, ideas or concern.
	 Ability – Ability is our most recent network group set up 
to provide a focus on, and raise awareness of, disabilities 
to ensure that we are providing a welcoming, supportive 
and confidential space for colleagues across the Group to 
discuss issues of disability and to ensure enhanced awareness 
is reflected in a positive, inclusive and fulfilling working 
environment.
Modern slavery
We are committed to preventing acts of modern slavery and 
human trafficking from occurring within our business and supply 
chain, and expect our suppliers to adopt the same high standards. 
As part of our commitment to combating modern slavery, the 
Directors have approved the adoption and implementation of a 
specific modern slavery policy. We expect all of our suppliers to 
adhere to our Anti-Slavery Policy and will not tolerate slavery and 
human trafficking within our supply chains. 
Our slavery and human trafficking statement, made in accordance 
with section 54(1) of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 can be found 
on our website, www.gateleyplc.com.
We believe that running a profitable and growing business, which creates 
jobs and contributes to the economic success of the areas in which it 
operates, is a platform for good corporate social responsibility. 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
57
56
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

59
Corporate
governance
In this section
Board of Directors 
60
Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure
62
Directors’ report
69
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
58
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
59

Board of Directors
Details of the directors, their roles and backgrounds are as follows:
Committee Key:	
N  Nomination  R  Remuneration  A  Audit & Risk  
 Chair    Board Key:  H  Gateley (Plc) Holdings  S  Strategic  O  Operations
Nigel Payne
Rod Waldie
Victoria Garrad
Neil Smith
Non-Executive Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Operating Officer  
Chief Financial Officer and  
Company Secretary
aged 64
aged 56
aged 50
aged 48
Nigel has extensive experience 
of listing companies, fund raising 
on the public markets and acting 
as either Chairman or Non-
Executive Director of public and 
private companies. In addition 
to his Gateley responsibilities as 
Chairman, Nigel is also the Non-
Executive Chairman of Green Man 
Gaming (Holdings) plc and Main 
Market listed Braemar Plc, and 
Non-Executive Director of JSE 
listed Sun International Limited, 
AIM listed GetBusy plc and Kwalee 
Limited. 
Previously Nigel was the CEO 
of Sportingbet Plc, one of 
the world's largest internet 
gaming companies. Nigel has 
also previously been the Non-
Executive Director of Ascot 
Racecourse Betting and Gaming 
Limited, Non-Executive Chairman 
of AIM-quoted EG Solutions Plc, 
the Non-Executive Chairman of 
AIM-quoted Stride Gaming Plc, 
the Non- Executive Chairman 
of AIM-quoted Hangar8 Plc, 
the Non-Executive Chairman of 
AIM-quoted ECSC Plc and a Non-
Executive Director of AIM-quoted 
Gama Aviation Plc.
Rod was appointed to the position 
of Chief Executive Officer on 
1 May 2020. He has been a 
key member of the Group's 
Strategic Board since joining 
the business via the acquisition 
of the Manchester office of 
Halliwells LLP in 2010. Prior to 
his appointment as CEO, Rod was 
the Senior Office Partner of the 
Manchester office and led the 
Group's national property services 
team. He has been involved in 
the successful integration of a 
number of Gateley's post IPO 
acquisitions.
Rod has over 25 years’ experience 
as a real estate lawyer. He 
has considerable experience 
in real estate investment 
acquisitions, and disposals, estate 
management, development and 
landlord and tenant. Clients 
include off-shore investors, 
on-shore real estate companies 
and developers, real estate asset 
management companies, high 
net-worth individuals, retail and 
leisure operators and specialist 
providers of supported living 
accommodation.
Victoria was appointed to the 
Board as COO elect on 1 May 
2022 and formally took up post 
as COO on 1 May 2023. She is 
an award winning employment 
lawyer with over 25 years’ 
experience undertaking a mix of 
contentious and non-contentious 
work. Having joined the business 
in 1996 as a trainee solicitor, 
Victoria was promoted to partner 
in the legal services employment 
team in 2005. She has been a 
member of the Operations Board 
since 2011 and was appointed 
to the Strategic Board on 1 May 
2017 to undertake the Group 
HRD role.
Neil has 30 years’ experience 
working in the accountancy 
profession where he specialised in 
the professional services industry. 
Initially Neil spent 14 years at a 
major accounting practice where he 
gained considerable experience of 
auditing and advising a wide range 
of privately owned and publicly 
listed businesses across many 
sectors. He joined Gateley LLP in 
2008, was appointed as Finance 
Director in 2011 and became the 
first non-lawyer to be appointed 
as Partner within Gateley LLP 
following its successful application 
to become an Alternative Business 
Structure in January 2014. Neil 
was a member of the Management 
team on Gateley LLP’s acquisition 
of the commercial law business 
from Halliwells LLP in 2010 and, 
following his involvement in Gateley 
(Holdings) Plc’s admission to AIM, 
was appointed to the Plc Board in 
2015. As well as Company Secretary 
for the Gateley Group he is also 
the Group’s compliance officer 
for finance and administration 
(“COFA”) and a fellow of the 
Association of Certified Chartered 
Accountants.
Committees & Boards:
 N  R  A  H
Committees & Boards:
 N  H  S  
Committees & Boards:
 H  S  O  
Committees & Boards:
 H  S  O  
Joanne Lake
Colin Jones
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director  
(appointed 6 September 2023)
aged 60
aged 64
Joanne has over 30 years’ 
experience in financial and 
professional services; in 
investment banking with firms 
including Panmure Gordon, 
Evolution Securities and Williams 
de Broe and in audit and business 
advisory services with Price 
Waterhouse. Joanne is Non-
Executive Chairman of AIM-
quoted digital services group, 
Made Tech Group Plc, Senior 
Independent Director of Main 
Market-listed land promotion, 
property development and 
construction group, Henry Boot 
Plc. Joanne is also Non-Executive 
Director of Main Market quoted 
Braemar Plc and Pollen Street 
Plc. Joanne is a Fellow of the 
Chartered Institute for Securities 
& Investment and of the ICAEW, 
and is a member of the ICAEW’s 
corporate finance faculty.
Colin joined the Board on 6 
September 2023 and is now our 
Remuneration Committee Chair. 
He is currently Non-Executive 
Chair of Centaur Media Plc, the 
market intelligence company, 
having joined in 2018 as a Non-
Executive Director. He is also 
Non-Executive Director and 
Audit Committee Chair of M&C 
Saatchi Plc, the AIM-quoted 
marketing solutions company; 
a Non-Executive Director of 
Datatec Limited, an international 
information and communications 
technology company; and a 
Non-Executive Director of The 
City Literary Institute, London’s 
leading adult education college. 
Colin previously spent over 20 
years as CFO of Euromoney 
Institutional Investor Plc, the FTSE 
250-listed media company, until 
he retired in 2018. Colin began 
his career at Price Waterhouse 
where he qualified as a chartered 
accountant.
Committees & Boards:
 N  A  R  H
Committees & Boards:
 A  R  H
Board changes
On 22 August 2024 Edward Knapp was appointed as 
Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair Designate. 
Edward becomes a Non-Executive Director with immediate 
effect and will become Chairman when Nigel Payne steps down 
from the board on 1 November 2024. 
Edward is a global business leader with extensive experience 
in growth strategy design and delivery, technology, risk 
management and transformation with a particular focus on 
professional and financial services. He has held executive 
and senior leadership roles in consultancy and professional 
services, high-growth technology companies and major financial 
institutions worldwide, including McKinsey & Company, 
Barclays, HSBC, Revolut and M&G, where he has most recently 
brought a particular focus on advisory, wealth management 
and talent. As a member of the UK Endorsement Board he is 
accountable for influencing, endorsing and adopting standards 
for audit, accounting and professional services spanning UK 
PLCs. He currently serves as a Non-Executive Director of F&C 
Investment Trust plc and has extensive international private-
equity backed and plc board and advisory experience, including 
Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee and Non-Executive 
Director of AIM company Ten Lifestyle Group plc and formerly 
as a Non-Executive Director of Mattioli Woods plc.
On appointment, Edward will become a member of the 
Remuneration, Audit and Risk and Nomination Committees. 
From 1 November 2024, he will take over the role of Chairman 
of the Board, and Chairman of the Nomination Committee.
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
61
60
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Our senior talent comprises partners in our legal business 
together with equivalent roles in our consultancy businesses and 
business support teams. For the purposes of this report, such 
cohort are referred to as “Leaders.” 
In September 2023 conditional options granted in 2020 pursuant 
to the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) matured. The 
options were conditional upon the achievement of EPS related 
performance conditions and continuous employment. Measured 
against the performance conditions, 68% of the total awards 
were capable of being exercised by participants, and 77 Leaders 
including two Executive Directors (Neil Smith and Victoria Garrad) 
received shares pursuant to the LTIP. The number of shares 
received by the Executive Directors are set out on page 68.
As part of our focus on incentivisation and retention of senior 
talent, the Group’s Restricted Share Award Plan (“RSA Plan”), 
introduced in FY22, was utilised to reward certain Leaders as 
well as those employees who were promoted to leadership 
roles during FY24. Awards of Restricted Shares were made to 
12 Leaders during FY24, with the average award being 65,844 
shares. Our rationale at IPO in 2015 included the ability for us 
to adopt a structure that enables us to incentivise our people in 
a different way to the competing Limited Liability Partnership 
model. The RSA Plan represents further progression of our 
incentivisation strategy and is now the preferred share option 
scheme for all Leaders across the Group including the Executive 
Directors. We do not envisage making any further LTIP awards. 
The intention is to utilise the RSA Plan annually as a flexible 
element of overall reward to selected Leaders including the 
Executive Directors. In April 2024, the Company supported the 
Group’s Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) to purchase 1,864,622 
shares at £1.26, predominately from staff who were partners 
at IPO. Those shares are warehoused by the EBT and will be 
awarded in FY25 through the RSA Plan to approximately 90 
Leaders, who did not participate in the IPO or who did not 
receive a material number of shares at IPO (including Executive 
Directors). This is a progressive step to facilitate re-circulation 
of internally held shares from former equity partners who 
participated in the IPO to those Leaders who now form part 
of our senior talent pool and who merit a long-term share 
ownership award. This non-dilutive recirculation mechanism is a 
key differentiator for the Group in attracting and retaining quality 
senior talent who are incentivised and aligned with creating long 
term value for the Group and its stakeholders. 
On a more general basis, the board remains committed to 
providing all of its people with the opportunity to own shares in 
the Company and continues to grant awards under the Save As 
You Earn scheme. At least 70% of current staff are existing share 
or option holders in the Company.
Executive Director remuneration 
As referenced in previous reports, the Committee has been 
gradually aligning the remuneration for the Group’s Executive 
Directors to market rates. In last year’s Remuneration Report, 
the Committee acknowledged that the remuneration for the 
Executive Directors remained broadly below the market rate for 
similar roles in similar sized AIM listed businesses, but following 
careful reflection, the Committee considered that FY24 was not 
the time to implement any material increases, as a result of the 
geo-political and macro-economic factors. The Committee did, 
however, commit to continue to focus on Executive Director 
remuneration to ensure that it is aligned with market rates and 
supports our core reward principles in order to retain the right 
skill set and experience within our leadership team to deliver the 
Group’s strategic objectives.
To deliver on this commitment, the Committee engaged FIT 
Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”) to provide external 
remuneration advice. FIT is a founder member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and the voluntary code of 
conduct of that body is designed to ensure that objective and 
independent advice is given to remuneration committees. The 
Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice received 
was objective and independent. 
During FY24, FIT completed an independent benchmarking of 
the Group’s Executive Directors’ remuneration. Following careful 
consideration of this exercise, the Committee determined that 
the salaries and benefits for the Executive Directors were below 
market benchmarks, and accordingly these have been increased 
with effect from 1 May 2024 to the amounts set out on page 66. 
This was the first formal benchmarking exercise that has been 
undertaken and the Committee regards the increased levels 
of remuneration as appropriate and not above that seen in 
comparable companies.
I hope that you find the remainder of this report helpful and 
informative and I look forward to receiving feedback from you on 
the information presented.
Colin Jones
Remuneration Committee Chair
Gateley (Holdings) Plc is committed to high standards of 
corporate governance and our policy and disclosures on Directors’ 
remuneration are intended to reflect this approach. We welcome 
shareholder feedback on these matters and this Directors’ 
Remuneration Report will be put to an advisory vote at the 
forthcoming 2024 AGM.
Key reward principles
Remuneration at Gateley for executives and the wider workforce is 
guided by the following principles:
•	
Underpin an effective pay-for-performance culture which 
enables the Group to attract, retain and motivate the very best 
talent, without paying excessively. 
•	
Support the delivery of the business strategy and promote long-
term sustainable performance, whilst ensuring that performance 
related pay does not encourage individuals to operate outside of 
the Group’s risk appetite.
•	
Provide reward outcomes that fairly reflect Group and personal 
performance and take into account the returns to shareholders.
Bonus outcome for FY24
The Group continued to perform well throughout FY24 against the 
backdrop of challenging trading conditions for professional service 
firms. The Group’s resilient business model delivered growth in 
revenue in line with consensus market expectations.
The continued hard work, dedication and loyalty from employees 
during the year has been paramount to the Group’s performance. For 
FY23 we made the difficult decision to make no bonus awards across 
both the Executive Directors and wider workforce. Given staff retention 
and incentivisation are so important in a business such as ours, we 
considered the position for FY24 and determined it was appropriate 
to award bonuses to reflect the contribution made by our people to 
delivering a strong underlying trading performance. This included 
awarding bonuses under the merit pool, in which the Executive 
Directors participate. The amounts paid to the Executive Directors are 
set out on page 66. Total bonuses across the business for FY24 were 
£4.5m and the board regarded this as an appropriate allocation of 
resources and in our shareholders’ best interests for the long-term.
Share plans
During FY24, the Group continued to focus on the growth, attraction, 
incentivisation and retention of talent. We remain committed to 
providing our people with the opportunity to own shares in the 
Company believing that employee share ownership secures a strong 
alignment with the Group’s shareholders, incentivises and retains 
employees and is reflective of our long-established culture. 
Dear shareholders,
I am pleased to present the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the financial year ended 30 April 
2024, my first as Remuneration 
Committee chair. This letter 
introduces the report, outlines 
the major decisions on Directors’ 
remuneration taken during the 
year and, importantly, explains the 
context in which these decisions 
have been taken. 
Report on remuneration:
voluntary disclosure
Colin Jones
Remuneration Committee Chair
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
63
62
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Gateley (Holdings) Plc is not required to comply with the Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013, however the board believes this 
disclosure is key to the reader’s understanding of the business. The 
information is unaudited except where stated.
This report sets out:
•	
a description of how the Remuneration Committee operates; 
•	
a summary of the Directors’ remuneration policy – setting out 
the parameters within which the remuneration arrangements 
for Directors operate; and
•	
details of the remuneration paid to the Directors for FY24 and 
expected to be paid for FY25.
The Committee 
The Committee is appointed by the board and is formed entirely 
of Non-Executive Directors. The Committee was chaired by 
Suzanne (Suki) Thompson until she resigned from the board with 
immediate effect due to ill- health on 27 June 2023. Joanne Lake 
chaired the Committee until 6 September 2023 when Colin Jones 
was appointed to the board and commenced his role as Chair of 
the Committee. Joanne Lake remained on the Committee and the 
other member is Nigel Payne. 
The Committee meets formally at least twice a year and 
has responsibility for setting the Group’s general policy on 
remuneration and also specific packages for individual Directors 
including those that comprise the Strategic Board. The Committee 
receives internal advice from Executive Directors and external 
advice from remuneration consultants where necessary. The 
Committee also makes recommendations to the board concerning 
the allocation of long-term incentive awards to Leaders. The 
Committee’s terms of reference are available for public inspection 
on request.
The Executive Directors are invited to attend meetings when 
appropriate, but no Director is present when his or her 
remuneration is discussed. 
The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is determined by 
the board in consultation with the Executive Directors. 
Activities during the year
The main activities undertaken by the Committee during the year 
included: -
•	
Determining incentive outcomes for the Executive Directors 
for FY24;
•	
Setting salary increases and benefit provision for the Executive 
Directors for FY25 following the independent market 
benchmarking exercise;
•	
Further embedding and evolving the strategy for use of 
the RSA Plan including granting awards under the RSA Plan 
to senior talent to support long-term share ownership for 
this cohort;
•	
Approving the vesting in FY24 of awards granted under the 
LTIP in 2020. 
Remuneration policy
The remuneration policy is designed to support an effective pay-for-performance culture which enables the Group to attract, retain and 
motivate Executive Directors and Leaders with the necessary experience and expertise to deliver the Group’s objectives and strategy.
The table below summarises the key elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration.
Element, purpose and operation
Opportunity and performance measures
Base salary
Reviewed on an annual basis with any increases 
normally becoming effective from the start of the 
financial year.
Appropriate salary increases will be awarded to provide alignment with the market so that 
levels reflect the responsibilities of the role and the skills and experience of the individual.
Bonus
Designed to align participants’ interests with 
shareholders and to incentivise participants to 
perform at the highest levels.
The bonus comprises a merit pool and a performance 
pool and is paid in cash after the end of the year. All 
Executive Directors participate in the merit pool. 
Neil Smith and Victoria Garrad also participate in the 
performance pool.
Merit pool
Each year, a pre-agreed percentage of pre-tax profits is allocated to the merit pool, subject 
to a minimum threshold of profit to ensure the bonus is self-funding. The merit pool 
is distributed to participants based on their individual performance during the year as 
determined by appropriate financial and non-financial criteria.
Performance pool
A fixed sum is allocated to the performance pool based on the Group achieving budgeted 
performance. To the extent that budgeted performance is not achieved, the size of 
the pool is scaled back. The pool is capped at a pre-determined amount at the start of 
each year. The pool is distributed to participants based on their role, responsibility and 
contribution to the long-term business strategy.
Restricted Share Award (RSA Plan)
Designed to incentivise participants to perform at 
the highest levels and to retain senior talent within 
the Group with direct alignment with shareholder 
interests.
Executive Directors and selected Leaders may 
participate in the RSA Plan as determined by the 
Strategic Board and approved by the Remuneration 
Committee.
Awards are granted in the form of nil-cost options 
which vest on receipt. Awards are subject to a five year 
non-dealing restriction (“Restricted Period”) and are 
forfeited should the employment of the participant be 
terminated or should notice of termination be served 
in the Restricted Period (whether such notice is served 
by the Company or the employee).
The award of restricted shares to a participant pursuant to the RSA Plan is performance 
related having regard to the participant’s individual performance and contribution to 
the Group.
The number of awards made under the RSA Plan is set after taking into account the 
current and expected dilution from all share schemes.
The Company applies a guideline for dilution from all share plans which is 15% of issued 
share capital from time to time and which (as is normal) counts in all awards made 
by the Company (and which have not lapsed) under all of its share plans in the prior 
10 years. 
The Company regards this guideline as appropriate for a people-focused business on 
the AIM market which has been listed for almost 10 years and the Company intends to 
continue operating its share plans using a mix of dilutive shares within this guideline and 
shares purchased on the market when it is appropriate to do so.
Pension and benefits
The Executive Directors do not participate in a company funded pension scheme (other 
than at a qualifying earnings level of employer contribution) nor do they receive a cash 
allowance in lieu of employer pension contributions.
Until FY24, the Executive Directors did not receive Company funded benefits. From 
FY25, as a result of the independent benchmarking exercise, the Company has agreed to 
fund the provision of private medical insurance, income protection insurance and critical 
illness insurance for Executive Directors and Leaders.
This report is for the year ended 30 April 2024. It sets out the detailed remuneration 
for the Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Company. As an AIM-quoted 
company, the information is disclosed to fulfil the requirements of AIM Rule 19. 
Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure
continued
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
65
64
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Policy for the remuneration of employees more 
generally
The key principles of the remuneration policy for Executive 
Directors also apply to employees more generally. In particular, 
Leaders may participate in the merit bonus pool, performance 
bonus pool and RSA Plan depending on their role and 
responsibilities and contribution to the business. 
The Company also supports and encourages share ownership for 
all employees through the all-employee Save As You Earn (SAYE) 
scheme. In owning shares, employees are directly aligned with the 
interests of shareholders and are able to participate in the dividend 
income that share ownership provides. 45% of the Group’s issued 
share capital was held by employees as at 30 April 2024.
Non-Executive Directors’ fees
The Non-Executive Directors receive an annual fee for their services, 
reflective of their level of responsibility, relevant experience and 
specialist knowledge. Non-Executive Directors are also reimbursed 
for appropriate travel expenses to and from board meetings.
Together with the Executive, the Committee also examines the time 
that the Non-Executive Directors commit to the business ensuring 
that each Non-Executive Director has sufficient time to carry out 
their duties in light of their other business commitments. This 
exercise concluded that all of the Non-Executive Directors have 
available and apply sufficient time to discharge their duties.
Executive Directors’ service agreements and 
Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
The Executive Directors entered into service agreements on 1 June 
2015. The service agreements provide that their employment with 
the Company is on a rolling basis, subject to written notice being 
served by either party of not less than six months. The service 
agreements contain provisions for early termination in the event of a 
breach of a material term of the service agreement by the Executive 
Director or where the Executive Director ceases to be a Director of 
the Company for any reason. The service agreements also contain 
restrictive covenants for a period of 12 months following termination 
of employment. No bonus is payable to the Executive Director if their 
employment terminates for any reason, or they are under notice 
of termination (whether given by the Company or the Executive 
Director) at or prior to the date when the bonus is paid. All bonuses 
are payable within six months of the financial year end.
The Non-Executive Directors serve under letters of appointment. 
The notice period required in the letters of appointment for either 
party to terminate the appointment is at least three months. 
Each agreement also contains provisions for early termination in 
the event of a serious or repeated breach of the agreement by 
the Non-Executive Director or where the Non-Executive Director 
ceases to be a Director of the Company for any reason.
Nigel Payne and Joanne Lake were originally appointed for an initial 
three year term on 8 June 2015 and both were reappointed for 
a third three year term which commenced on 1 October 2021. 
Suzanne Thompson resigned from the board with immediate effect 
on 27 June 2023 due to ill-health and Colin Jones was appointed as 
a Non-Executive Director on 6 September 2023. 
Summary of Directors’ remuneration for the year 
The following table represents the Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 30 April 2024 and 30 April 2023:
Salaries 
and fees 
£’000
Bonus 
£’000
Share 
options 
£’000
Total 
2024 
£’000
Salaries 
and fees 
£’000
Bonus 
£’000
Share 
options 
£’000
Total 
2023 
£’000
Nigel Payne
76
-
-
76
72
-
-
72
Joanne Lake
50
-
-
50
48
-
-
48
Suzanne Thompson1 
21*
-
-
-
48
-
-
48
Colin Jones2
34*
-
-
-
-
-
-
David Wilton4
15*
-
-
-
-
-
-
Roderick Waldie
339
83
-
422
323
-
-
323
Neil Smith
252
83
17
352
225
-
-
225
Victoria Garrad
252
83
17
352
240
-
-
240
Michael Ward3
70*
-
-
70
152
-
-
152
1,109
249
34
1,392
1,108
-
-
1,108
1.	 Suzanne Thompson resigned from the board with immediate effect on 27 June 2023 due to ill-health.
2.	 Colin Jones was appointed as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 6 September 2023.
3.	 Michael Ward resigned from the Board with effect from 27 October 2023.
4.	 David Wilton was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and Chairman designate with effect from 1 February 2024. The board and David Wilton mutually agreed not to 
continue with his appointment and he stood down from the board on 14 May 2024.
*	 Amounts pro-rated
Salary and fee increases for FY24
Details of FY24 salary and fee increases are set out in the FY23 
report on remuneration.
Salary and fee increases for FY25 
As referenced earlier in this report, having engaged independent 
remuneration consultants (FIT Remuneration LLP) to externally 
benchmark Executive Director remuneration, the Committee 
agreed to increase Rod Waldie's salary from £338,000 to £380,000 
and Neil Smith's and Victoria Garrad’s salaries from £252,000 to 
£300,000 respectively with effect from 1 May 2024, The Committee 
is satisfied that these salary levels for FY25 are appropriate and that 
even with these changes our Executive Directors’ salaries remain at 
lower end of market-suggested levels.
It should be noted that although the market benchmarking data 
was used to inform the Committee’s deliberations, it only formed 
one part of a much broader consideration when determining the 
appropriate salary levels. We are aware that salary increases of 
this nature can sometimes be phased across a number of financial 
years. However, this was not considered appropriate in this case 
as the salaries for these business-critical roles have been relatively 
low since IPO and at FY24 levels had become inconsistent with our 
stated remuneration principles where we aim to attract, retain and 
motivate the very best talent, without paying excessively. 
Also as a result of the external benchmarking exercise, the 
Committee determined to change the Company’s policy with 
regards to the provision of insurance benefits for its most senior 
Leaders in the Group. With effect from 1 May 2024, the Company 
will fund the provision of private medical insurance, income 
protection insurance and critical illness insurance rather than 
requiring individuals to fund such benefits via deductions from 
salary. Senior Leaders are categorised as those partners (or 
partner equivalents) eligible to participate in the merit pool bonus 
scheme (which includes the Executive Directors) and senior lateral 
hire partners who have joined the Group since IPO. The uplift in 
the provision of insurance benefits for the Executive Directors 
was taken into account when the Committee determined the 
level of increase in salary for the Executive Directors. Changing 
the policy with regards to the provision of benefits provides a 
retention element to the remuneration packages for all Leaders for 
modest additional cost to the business and further differentiates 
the position of Leaders from that of a partner in a traditionally 
structured professional services business. 
With regard to the Non-Executive Directors, Nigel Payne's annual 
fee as chair increased to £100,000 (FY24: £75,000) with effect 
from 1 May 2024, bringing it in line with the market rate expected 
to be paid to the incoming chair once appointed. This positioning 
(consistent with that for the Executive Directors’ FY25 salaries) 
is at the lower end of market-suggested levels for Chair fees. The 
annual fee for other Non-Executive Directors was also increased for 
FY25 to £55,000 (FY24: £50,000) to reflect the time commitment 
required in order for the Non-Executive Directors to effectively 
carry out their duties.
Bonus outcome for FY24 
The Group continued to perform well throughout FY24 despite 
challenging trading conditions and delivered growth in revenue 
and a strong underlying trading performance. This was due to the 
continued hard work, dedication and loyalty from employees. The 
Committee therefore considered it appropriate to award bonuses 
to employees in respect of FY24. This included awarding bonuses 
under the merit pool, in which the Executive Directors participate. 
No bonuses were awarded under the performance pool. 
Long-term incentives granted during the year
No awards were granted pursuant to the LTIP in FY24 and the 
RSA Plan has replaced the LTIP as the share incentive scheme for 
Leaders including the Executive Directors. 
No shares were awarded to the Executive Directors under the RSA 
Plan during FY24. The Committee intend to award Neil Smith and 
Victoria Garrad shares under the RSA Plan in July 2024 at what it 
believes is a modest level compared to share awards in comparator 
companies for Executive Directors, and the Committee is satisfied 
that the total remuneration opportunities combining fixed salary, 
bonus and long-term share-based pay continue to reflect a cautious 
and cost sensitive perspective for the Executive Directors which has 
applied since IPO and served the business well to date. 
Rod Waldie will continue to not participate in the share incentive 
scheme for FY25 as he is deemed to be sufficiently incentivised by 
his existing shareholding.
Long term incentives vested during the year
In September 2023 conditional options granted in 2020 pursuant 
to the Group’s LTIP matured. 68% of the total awards were capable 
of being exercised by participants, including Neil Smith and Victoria 
Garrad who each received 10,682 shares against the initial grant of 
15,974 options.
Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure
continued
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
67
66
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Directors' Interests 
Directors' shareholdings at the year end were as follows:
At 30 April 2024
At 30 April 2023
10p ordinary shares
10p ordinary shares
Number of shares
Percentage Holding
Number of shares
Percentage Holding
Nigel Payne
70,918
0.05%
70,942
0.06%
Joanne Lake
26,300
0.02%
26,300
0.02%
Suzanne Thompson
-
-
12,272
0.01%
Colin Jones
-
-
Roderick Waldie
1,235,670
0.93%
1,275,670
1.01%
Michael Ward1
-
-
1,990,000
1.57%
Victoria Garrad
535,235
0.40%
569,478
0.45%
Neil Smith
333,399
0.24%
362,537
0.29%
1. Michael Ward resigned from the board with effect from 27 October 2023.
The following Directors held share options under the LTIP Scheme as at 30 April 2024: 
Number of shares at 
30 April 2024
Date of grant
Exercise price 
Earliest exercise date
Neil Smith
25,000
27 April 2022
£nil
1 May 2025
Neil Smith
40,000
23 February 2023
£nil
1 May 2026
Victoria Garrad
25,000
27 April 2022
£nil
1 May 2025
Victoria Garrad
40,000
23 February 2023
£nil
1 May 2026
Orderly market agreement
The Group operates a five-year orderly market agreement (the 
"Agreement") with its Partners (the "Locked-in Shareholders") 
which, inter alia, places certain restrictions on the sale of ordinary 
shares in the Company ("Ordinary Shares"). The Executive 
Directors are Locked-in Shareholders in respect of the share 
interests detailed above.
The Agreement became effective on 8 June 2020 following the 
expiry of the previous lock-in arrangements, which were put in 
place at the time of the Company's admission to AIM in June 2015 
(the "Admission").
Pursuant to the Agreement, each Locked-in Shareholder and his/
her associates, which include their spouse and children under the 
age of 18 to whom any Ordinary Shares have been transferred 
("Associates"), that held Ordinary Shares as at Admission are 
restricted to selling a maximum of 10% per annum of the aggregate 
number of the Ordinary Shares that they held on Admission for a 
period of five years from 8 June 2020. 
Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure
continued
The Directors present their annual report and the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 30 April 2024.
Principal activities
The principal activities of the Gateley Group during the year were the 
provision of commercial legal services together with complementary 
consultancy services including acting as independent trustees to 
pension schemes, the provision of specialist tax incentive advice, the 
supply of specialist property consultancy services and the supply of 
specialist human capital management.
Business review
The results of Gateley (Holdings) Plc for the year are set out in the 
consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive 
income on page 82.
A review of the business, results and dividends, and likely future 
developments of the company are contained in the Chief Executive 
Officer’s review on pages 28 to 32 and the Chief Financial Officer’s 
review on pages 34 to 39. The Group’s key performance indicators 
(KPIs) are set out on pages 41 and 42. The strategic report, which 
includes a description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing 
the Group, is set out on pages 24 to 57.
Employee share trust
The Gateley Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) was established to 
facilitate the issue of the equity shares of Gateley (Holdings) Plc to 
Group employees under share based payment arrangements. 
During the year ended 30 April 2024 the EBT purchased 2,948,417 
shares with a nominal value of 10p in the company (2023: 
281,702) at a cost of £3,338,986 (2023: £435,791). 
Dividends
The Directors propose to recommend a final dividend of 6.2p 
(2023: 6.2p) per share, be paid, giving a total dividend for the year 
of 9.5p (2023: 9.5p). The final dividend has not been included 
within creditors as it was not approved before the year end.
Directors’ report
The Directors and their interests in the shares of the parent company
10p ordinary shares
10p ordinary shares
Number of 
shares
2024 
Percentage 
Holding
2024 
Number of 
shares
2023
Percentage 
Holding
2023
Nigel Terrence Payne
70,918
0.05%
70,942
0.06%
Joanne Carolyn Lake
26,300
0.02%
26,300
0.02%
Colin Robert Jones
-
-
-
-
Roderick Richard Waldie
1,235,670
0.93%
1,275,670
1.01%
Victoria Louise Garrad
535,235
0.40%
569,478
0.45%
Neil Andrew Smith
333,399
0.24%
362,537
0.29%
Substantial shareholdings
The Company was notified that the following held interest of 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company as at 30 April 2024:
Name
Number of 
ordinary shares
% of issued 
share capital
Liontrust Asset Management
13,862,113
10.42%
Octopus Investments
11,430,163
8.59%
Columbia Threadneedle Investments
7,734,910
5.81%
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
69
68
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group uses various financial instruments including cash, trade 
debtors and trade creditors. It is the Group's policy not to enter 
into complex financial instruments. Such instruments give rise to 
liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign exchange 
risk. More detail on financial instruments is given in note 27 to the 
financial statements.
Directors’ professional indemnity insurance
All Directors and Officers of the Company have the benefit of 
the indemnity provision contained in the Company’s Articles 
of Association. The provision, which is a qualifying third party 
indemnity provision, was in force throughout the last two financial 
years and is currently still in force. The Group also purchased and 
maintained throughout the financial period Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of itself and its Directors and Officers, 
although no cover exists in the event Directors or Officers are 
found to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.
Directors’ responsibilities statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Report and the financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have to 
prepare the financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards. Under company law the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
and profit or loss of the Company and Group for that period. In 
preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
•	
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;
•	
make judgements and accounting estimates that are 
reasonable and prudent;
•	
state whether applicable UK-adopted international 
accounting standards have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements;
•	
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business. 
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
Disclosure of information to auditor
The Directors confirm that: 
•	
so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and
•	
the Directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as Directors in order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Employees
Details of how the Group’s policy and approaches to employee 
engagement, diversity and inclusion and disabled employees can be 
found in the strategic report. 
Engaging with stakeholders
The Directors have identified the key stakeholders of the business, 
and documented their engagement with these groups throughout 
the year along with how they have been considered in the making 
of key decisions within the year. 
The Group conducts regular client surveys to better understand 
and improve the clients’ experience and service received. 
We seek to build strong, long term relationships with our suppliers 
working alongside them as business partners for the benefit of all. 
The Group works closely with its advisors to ensure it operates in 
accordance with the market regulations.
The CEO and CFO, have regular meetings with the Group’s 
Relationship Manager at the Solicitors Regulatory Authority (SRA), 
the organisation that oversees the regulation of the legal services 
sector.
Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting 
Under The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Director’s 
Report) Regulation 2018, Gateley (Holdings) Plc have disclosed 
their annual UK energy consumption within the Strategic Report. 
Corporate Governance Statement
Since September 2018 all AIM companies have been required to 
set out details of a recognised corporate governance code that the 
Board of Directors has chosen to apply, how they comply with that 
code, and where it departs from its chosen corporate governance 
code an explanation for doing so.
The board adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance (‘QCA’) Code. 
The Group’s application of this code is detailed in the Corporate 
Governance Statement as detailed on the Group’s website at 
www.gateleyplc.com/investors/investor-relations/aim-rule-26/. As 
required under AIM Rule 26, the information in this statement is 
updated annually. 
Future developments
The board plans to continue to drive growth within the existing 
business and through acquisitions within both the legal and non-
legal sectors, supporting this with further investment in technology 
and recruitment of quality personnel. 
Auditor
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, 
a resolution for the re-appointment of MHA as auditor of the 
Company is to be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting.
By order of the board
Rod Waldie 
Chief Executive Officer
15 July 2024
One Eleven Edmund Street 
Birmingham 
West Midlands 
B3 2HJ
Directors’ report 
continued
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
71
70
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials

Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
73
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
72
Financial
statements
In this section
Independent auditors’ report to the members  
of Gateley (Holdings) plc
74
Consolidated statement of profit and loss and other  
comprehensive income
82
Consolidated statement of financial position 
83
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
85
Consolidated cash flow statement 
87
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
88
Parent company statement of financial position 	  
124
Parent company statement of changes in equity 
125
Parent company cash flow statement 
126
Parent company notes to the financial statements 
127
Notice of Annual General Meeting 
139
Company information 
147

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
75
74
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Independent auditor’s report 
to the members of Gateley (Holdings) plc
For the purpose of this report, the terms “we” and “our” denote MHA in relation to UK legal, professional and regulatory 
responsibilities and reporting obligations to the members of Gateley (Holdings) plc. For the purposes of the table on pages 76 and 
77 that sets out the key audit matters and how our audit addressed the key audit matters, the terms “we” and “our” refer to MHA. 
The Group financial statements, as defined below, consolidate the accounts of Gateley (Holdings) plc and its subsidiaries (the 
“Group”). The “Parent Company” is defined as Gateley (Holdings) plc, as an individual entity. The relevant legislation governing the 
Company is the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006 (“Companies Act 2006”).
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Gateley (Holdings) plc for the year ended 30 April 2024.
The financial statements that we have audited comprise:
•	
the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income 
•	
the consolidated statement of financial position 
•	
the consolidated statement of changes in equity 
•	
the consolidated cash flow statement 
•	
Notes 1 to 32 to the consolidated financial statements, including significant accounting policies
•	
the parent company statement of financial position
•	
the parent company statement of changes in equity
•	
The parent company cash flow statement and
•	
Notes 1 to 14 to the Company financial statements, including significant accounting policies.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group and Parent Company’s financial statements 
is applicable law and UK adopted International Accounting Standards.
In our opinion the financial statements: 
•	
give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 April 2024 and of the Group’s 
profit for the year then ended;
•	
have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards; and
•	
have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements 
section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit 
of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with those requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:
•	
The consideration of inherent risks to the Group’s and the Parent Company’s operations and specifically their business model.
•	
The evaluation of how those risks might impact on the available financial resources.
•	
An examination of budgets and forecasts and their basis of preparation, including an assessment of inputs and assumptions and 
respective challenge in assessing the budgets and forecasts.
•	
Liquidity considerations including examination of cash flow projections at Group and Parent Company level.
•	
Consideration of the funding facilities available to the Group and the market attitude to lending in the legal
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually 
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at 
least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report.
Overview of our audit approach
Scope
Our audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group, including the 
Parent Company, and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including 
assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the directors that may have 
represented a risk of material misstatement.
Materiality
2024
2023
Group
£1,146k
£810k
5% (2023: 5% profit before tax) of underlying profit before tax and 
exceptional items 
Parent Company
£630k
£405k
1% (2023: 1%) of net assets
Key audit matters
Group (recurring)
•	
Revenue recognition - cut off of billed revenue
•	
Accrued income – existence and valuation* **
*This key audit matter did not include the assertion of existence in the prior year.
**This key audit mater included the assertion of cut-off in the prior year.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
77
76
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Independent auditor’s report 
continued
Key Audit Matters
Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those matters which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context 
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.
Key audit matter description
How the scope of our audit responded to the key 
audit matter
Key observations 
communicated to the 
Group’s Audit Committee
Revenue recognition – cut off of billed revenue (note 4)
Revenue (in respect of client matters) 
is recognised in accordance with IFRS 15 
‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’.
Bills raised in the year may be fictitious/
erroneous or raised before time has 
been worked by the fee earners and the 
business may therefore not be entitled to 
the income. Bills may also be raised when 
accrued income should be written off as 
irrecoverable.
Revenue is one of the material balances in 
the financial statements and is of particular 
interest to potential and existing investors 
which is why its recognition has been 
classified as a key audit matter.
We reviewed a sample of sales invoices issued 
post year end to ensure that any services had 
been provided pre year end had been recognised 
in accrued income. The evidence of services 
being provided included, but was not limited to, 
time records maintained by fee earners and client 
contracts.
Pre year end cut off testing was tested within our 
revenue existence and receivables existence tests, 
where a sample of invoices were tested to ensure 
they were recognised in the correct period, and 
that the entity was entitled to the revenue.
We reviewed post year end time sheets to identify 
if accrued revenue is complete which fed into our 
revenue testing.
Nothing has come to 
our attention indicating 
that there is a material 
misstatement in the cut-
off of billed revenue.
Accrued income – existence and valuation (note 19) 
Accrued income arises where work has 
been performed on a matter, but an invoice 
has not been raised pre year end. There 
is judgement in the calculation of accrued 
income in terms of the recoverability of the 
time recorded and whether the accrued 
income relates to a live matter.
Contingent accrued income may not be 
included in the year-end accrued income 
valuation, even though the contingent event 
has not occurred and therefore should be 
recognised as accrued income.
Revenue and accrued income are two of 
the most material figures in the financial 
statements and would be of particular 
interest to potential and existing investors 
which is why they have been classified as a 
KAM.
We evaluated the Group’s accounting policies for 
recognition of accrued revenue for appropriateness 
in accordance with requirements of the financial 
reporting framework, including IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers’, and checked this has been 
appropriately applied.
We reviewed, on a sample basis, client engagement 
terms to ensure client matters are classified correctly 
between contingent and noncontingent and also to 
support the existence of accrued revenue recognised 
in the period. Where engagement letters were not 
available, we obtained sufficient audit evidence such 
as email correspondence.
We evaluated management’s assessment in 
accordance with the requirements of IFRS 15, that 
it is not probable that client matters classified as 
contingent at the year-end, and valued at nil, will result 
in revenue being incorrectly recognised. As part of the 
audit procedures, we agreed a sample of contingent 
matters to post year-end billing.
Key audit matter description
How the scope of our audit responded to the key 
audit matter
Key observations 
communicated to the 
Group’s Audit Committee
Accrued income and contract assets are 
synonymous.
For accrued income recognised in the year, we 
tested on a sample basis that entitlement to revenue 
had been obtained through proof of service being 
delivered and that time had been recorded pre 
year-end confirming that the matter is live to prove 
existence of revenue.
We performed controls testing by reviewing 
management internally designed and developed 
application tool, which requires fee earners to visit all 
matters live at the year-end. As part of this exercise, 
fee earners are required to adjust the accrued income 
figure to what they deem appropriate at the year-end 
and are also required to ensure that all matters are 
correctly classified between contingent and non-
contingent.
Following the extraction of data from the application 
tool, management performs a top-up assessment 
identifying any exceptions in matters. We then 
tested the completeness of data, the reviews of 
significant write offs and unusual recoveries to test 
managements approach to reviewing accrued income.
We assessed the valuation of the accrued income 
by review of after date billing and movements on 
timesheets to ensure the matter is live. We also tested 
and challenged the expected credit losses (ECL) 
against accrued income.
We also reviewed the accrued income accounts 
disclosure to identify any material omissions and to 
ensure the disclosure was materially accurate.
Nothing has come to 
our attention indicating 
that there is any material 
misstatement in the 
existence or valuation of 
accrued income.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
79
78
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Our application of materiality 
Our definition of materiality considers the value of error or omission on the financial statements that, individually or in aggregate, 
would change or influence the economic decision of a reasonably knowledgeable user of those financial statements. Misstatements 
below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and 
the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. Materiality is used 
in planning the scope of our work, executing that work and evaluating the results.
Group
Parent
Overall Materiality
£1,146k (2023: £810k)
£630k (2023: £405k)
•	
Basis of 
determining 
overall 
materiality
We determined materiality based on 5% underlying profit before tax 
and exceptional items (2023: 5% profit before tax).
We consider underlying profit before tax and exceptional items to 
be the main measure by which the users of the financial statements 
assess the financial performance, success and risk exposure of the 
Group. Therefore, we consider this to be the most appropriate 
benchmark for Group materiality
Following the change in accounting treatment of acquisitions in 
the prior year (involving a prior period adjustment) we took the 
opportunity to review the basis of materiality based on the fact that 
the business remains fundamentally unaltered, but the change of 
accounting treatment results in lower reported profits. We are also 
aware that stakeholders are primarily focused on the underlying 
profits of the group rather than the effects of acquisitions and 
exceptional items. We therefore considered it appropriate to use 
underlying profit before tax and exceptional items as the new basis 
of materiality in the current year.
We determined materiality on the 
basis of 1% (2023: 1%) of the 
Parent Company’s net assets.
Net assets were deemed to be the 
appropriate benchmark for the 
calculation of materiality as this is a 
key area of the financial statements 
because the Parent Company is 
largely a holding company incurring 
limited costs.
Performance 
materiality
£802.2k (2023: £567k) 
£441k (2023: £283.5k)
•	
Basis of 
determining 
overall 
performance 
materiality
We set performance materiality based on 70% (2023: 70%) of 
overall materiality.
We set performance materiality 
based on 70% (2023: 70%) of 
overall materiality.
Performance materiality is the application of materiality at the individual account or balance level, set at 
an amount to reduce, to an appropriately low level, the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial statements as a whole.
The determination of performance materiality reflects our assessment of the risk of undetected errors 
existing, the nature of the systems and controls and the level of misstatements arising in previous audits.
De minimis
We agreed to report any corrected or uncorrected adjustments 
exceeding £57.3k (2023: £40.5k) to the Audit Committee as well 
as differences below this threshold that in our view warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.
We agreed to report any corrected 
or uncorrected adjustments 
exceeding £31.5k (2023: £20.25k) 
to the Audit Committee as well as 
differences below this threshold 
that in our view warranted reporting 
on qualitative grounds.
Independent auditor’s report 
continued
Overview of the Scope of the Group and Parent Company audits
Our assessment of audit risk, evaluation of materiality and our determination of performance materiality sets our audit scope for 
each company within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. This 
assessment takes into account the size, risk profile, organisation / distribution and effectiveness of Group-wide controls, changes in the 
business environment and other factors such as recent internal audit results when assessing the level of work to be performed at each 
component. In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the consolidated financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate 
quantitative and qualitative coverage of significant accounts in the consolidated financial statements, of the 23 reporting components 
of the Group, we identified 22 components in the UK and mainland Europe which represent the principal business units within the 
Group.
The Group comprises of a Parent Company which does not trade, a main trading subsidiary, and several smaller trading subsidiaries. 
The Group engagement team carried out audits of the complete financial information of the following significant components of the 
Group:
•	
The Parent Company, Gateley (Holdings) plc 
•	
Gateley plc
•	
Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited
A desktop analytical review was performed on the other components that were not considered to be individually financially significant, 
and specific targeted procedures performed on material subsidiaries based on an assessment of the risk to the Group audit results. 
The coverage achieved by our audit procedures was:
Number of
components
Revenue
Net assets/
(liabilities)
Profit 
before tax
Full scope audit
3
80%
107%
79%
Analytical review and specific targeted procedures
20
20%
(7%)
21%
Total
23
100%
100%
100%
The control environment
We evaluated the design and implementation of those internal controls of the Group, including the Parent Company, which are relevant 
to our audit, such as those relating to the financial reporting cycle. We placed reliance on controls for the purposes of accrued income 
testing. Our specific testing has been documented in the key audit matters section.
We deployed our internal IT specialists to obtain an understanding of the general IT environment. They obtained assurance sufficient 
that the IT system could be relied on in relation to our controls testing and noted a small number of minor management points for 
the clients attention. Our internal specialists also reviewed the integration of the time recording application with the accounting 
application, no significant issues were noted in this regard.
Climate-related risks
In planning our audit and gaining an understanding of the Group and Parent Company, we considered the potential impact of climate-
related risks on the business and its financial statements. We obtained management’s climate-related risk assessment, along with 
relevant documentation and reports relating to management’s assessment and held discussions with management to understand 
their process for identifying and assessing those risks. We then engaged internal specialists to assess, amongst other factors, the 
benchmarks used by management, the nature of the Group’s business activities, its processes and the geographic distribution of its 
activities. We have agreed with managements’ assessment that climate-related risks are not material to these financial statements.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
81
80
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises the information included 
in the annual report other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information contained within the annual report. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read 
the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we 
identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this 
gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Strategic report and directors report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of 
the audit:
•	
the information given in the strategic report and the 
directors’ report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and 
•	
the strategic report and the directors’ report have been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group 
and the Parent Company and their environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.
Matters on which we are required to report by 
exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in 
relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion: 
•	
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received by branches not visited by us; or 
•	
the Parent Company financial statements are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 
•	
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 
law are not made; or 
•	
we have not received all the information and explanations 
we require for our audit.
Responsibilities of Directors 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate 
the Group or Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the 
financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms 
part of our auditor’s report. 
Extent to which the audit was considered 
capable of detecting irregularities, including 
fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud.
These audit procedures were designed to provide reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements were free from fraud 
or error. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due 
to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting 
Independent auditor’s report 
continued
from error and detecting irregularities that result from fraud is 
inherently more difficult than detecting those that result from 
error, as fraud may involve collusion, deliberate concealment, 
forgery or intentional misrepresentations. Also, the further 
removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from 
events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the 
less likely we would become aware of it.
Identifying and assessing potential risks arising 
from irregularities, including fraud
The extent of the procedures undertaken to identify and assess 
the risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, 
including fraud, included the following:
•	
We considered the nature of the industry and sector the 
control environment, business performance including 
remuneration policies and the Group’s, including the 
Parent Company’s, own risk assessment that irregularities 
might occur as a result of fraud or error. From our sector 
experience and through discussion with the directors, 
we obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 
frameworks applicable to the Group focusing on laws and 
regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a 
direct material effect on the financial statements, such as 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006, UK tax legislation or 
those that had a fundamental effect on the operations of 
the Group 
•	
We enquired of the directors and management concerning 
the Group’s and the Parent Company’s policies and 
procedures relating to:
	
–	
identifying, evaluating and complying with the laws 
and regulations and whether they were aware of any 
instances of non-compliance;
	
–	
detecting and responding to the risks of fraud 
and whether they had any knowledge of actual or 
suspected fraud.
•	
We assessed the susceptibility of the financial statements 
to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur 
by evaluating management’s incentives and opportunities 
for manipulation of the financial statements. This included 
utilising the spectrum of inherent risk and an evaluation 
of the risk of management override of controls. We 
determined that the principal risks were related to posting 
inappropriate journal entries to increase revenue to meet 
market expectations and management bias in accounting 
estimates particularly in determining expected credit losses 
and provisions against accrued income.
Audit response to risks identified 
In respect of the above procedures:
•	
we corroborated the results of our enquiries through 
our review of the minutes of the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s audit committee meetings. 
•	
audit procedures performed by the engagement team in 
connection with the risks identified included:
	
–	
reviewing financial statement disclosures and testing 
to supporting documentation to assess compliance 
with applicable laws and regulations expected to have a 
direct impact on the financial statements.
	
–	
testing journal entries, including those processed late 
for financial statements preparation, those posted 
by infrequent or unexpected users, those posted to 
unusual account combinations;
	
–	
evaluating the business rationale of significant 
transactions outside the normal course of business, 
and reviewing accounting estimates for bias;
	
–	
enquiry of management around actual and potential 
litigation and claims.
	
–	
challenging the assumptions and judgements made by 
management in its significant accounting estimates.
•	
we communicated relevant laws and regulations and 
potential fraud risks to all engagement team members, 
including experts, and remained alert to any indications 
of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations 
throughout the audit.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as 
a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might 
state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we 
are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no 
other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent 
Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Andrew Moyser FCA FCCA 
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of MHA,  
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom 
15 July 2024 
MHA is the trading name of MacIntyre Hudson LLP, a limited liability 
partnership in England and Wales (registered number OC312313)

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
83
82
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Note
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Revenue
4
172,492
162,683
Other operating income
5
153
49
Personnel costs, excluding IFRS 2 charge
7
(108,490)
(96,765)
Depreciation – Property, plant and equipment
13
(1,140)
(936)
Depreciation – Right-of-use asset
13
(3,949)
(3,976)
Impairment of trade receivables and contract assets
19/20
(591)
(1,334)
Other operating expenses, excluding non-underlying and exceptional items
(38,219)
(34,741)
Operating profit before non-underlying and exceptional items
6
20,256
24,980
Non-underlying operating items
6
(7,516)
(8,858)
Exceptional items 
6
(1,563)
-
(9,079)
(8,858)
Operating profit
6
11,177
16,122
Financial income
9
4,999
1,735
Financial expense
9
(2,221)
(1,645)
Profit before tax
13,955
16,212
Taxation
10
(3,881)
(3,972)
Profit for the year after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent
10,074
12,240
Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
- Revaluation of other investments
129
(26)
- Exchange differences on translation of a foreign branch
(20)
(49)
Profit for the financial year and total comprehensive income all attributable to 
equity holders of the parent
10,183
12,165
Statutory Earnings per share
Basic
11
7.74p
9.77p
Diluted
11
7.63p
9.52p
The results for the periods presented above are derived from continuing operations.
The accompanying notes on pages 88 to 123 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Consolidated statement of profit and loss  
and other comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 April 2024
Note
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
13
1,583
1,628
Right of use asset
13
23,621
27,098
Investment property
14
164
164
Deferred tax asset
23
373
830
Intangible assets and goodwill
15
13,768
12,929
Other intangible assets
17
647
1,090
Other investments
18
275
147
Total non-current assets
40,431
43,886
Current assets
Contract assets
19
23,543
20,388
Trade and other receivables
20
82,473
73,272
Cash and cash equivalents
25
16,674
11,105
Total current assets
122,690
104,765
Total assets
163,121
148,651
Non-current liabilities
Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings
21
-
(6,813)
Lease liability 
29
(24,178)
(28,716)
Deferred tax liability
23
(2,968)
(2,941)
Provisions
24
(3,725)
(1,290)
Total non-current liabilities
(30,871)
(39,760)
Current liabilities
Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings
21
(12,908)
-
Trade and other payables
22
(33,112)
(25,933)
Lease liability
29
(4,346)
(3,257)
Provisions
24
(175)
(107)
Current tax liabilities
(1,378)
(1,482)
Total current liabilities
(51,919)
(30,779)
Total liabilities
(82,790)
(70,539)
NET ASSETS
80,331
78,112
Consolidated statement of financial position
at 30 April 2024

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
85
84
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Note
2024 
£’000
2023 
£’000
EQUITY
Share capital
26
13,304
12,664
Share premium
35
11,846
Merger reserve
(9,950)
(9,950)
Other reserve
19,383
15,413
Treasury reserve
(4,012)
(677)
Translation reserve
(71)
(51)
Retained earnings
61,642
48,867
TOTAL EQUITY
80,331
78,112
These financial statements were approved by the directors on 15 July 2024 and were signed and authorised for issue on their behalf by: 
 
 
 
	
Rodrick R Waldie	
Neil A Smith 
Chief Executive Officer	
Chief Financial Officer
Company registered number: 09310078
The accompanying notes on pages 88 to 123 form an integral part of these financial statements. 
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Merger
reserve
£’000
Other
reserve
£’000
Treasury
 reserve
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
£’000
Total
Equity
£’000
At 1 May 2022 
12,456
11,342
(9,950)
14,465
(261)
47,088
(2)
75,138
Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
12,240
-
12,240
Revaluation of other investments
-
-
-
-
-
(26)
-
(26)
Exchange rate differences
-
-
-
-
-
-
(49)
(49)
Total comprehensive income
-
-
-
-
-
12,214
(49)
12,165
Transactions with owners recognised 
directly in equity:
Issue of share capital
208
504
-
948
-
-
-
1,660
Purchase of own shares at nominal value
-
-
-
-
-
(133)
-
(133)
Sale of treasury shares
-
-
-
-
20
-
-
20
Purchase of treasury shares
-
-
-
-
(436)
-
-
(436)
Recognition of tax benefit on gain from equity 
settled share options
-
-
-
-
-
(398)
-
(398)
Dividend paid
-
-
-
-
-
(11,004)
-
(11,004)
Share based payment transactions
-
-
-
-
-
1,100
-
1,100
Total equity at 30 April 2023
12,664
11,846
(9,950)
15,413
(677)
48,867
(51)
78,112
At 1 May 2023
12,664
11,846
(9,950)
15,413
(677)
48,867
(51)
78,112
Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
10,074
-
10,074
Revaluation of other investments
-
-
-
-
-
129
-
129
Exchange rate differences
-
-
-
-
-
-
(20)
(20)
Total comprehensive income
-
-
-
-
-
10,203
(20)
10,183
Transactions with owners recognised 
directly in equity:
Issue of share capital
640
1,919
-
3,970
-
-
-
6,529
Cancellation of share premium account
-
(13,730)
-
-
-
13,730
-
-
Purchase of own shares at nominal value
-
-
-
-
-
(166)
-
(166)
Sale of treasury shares
-
-
-
-
4
-
-
4
Purchase of treasury shares
-
-
-
-
(3,339)
-
-
(3,339)
Recognition of tax benefit on gain from equity 
settled share options
-
-
-
-
-
(343)
-
(343)
Dividend paid
-
-
-
-
-
(12,335)
-
(12,335)
Share based payment transactions
-
-
-
-
-
1,686
-
1,686
Total equity at 30 April 2024
13,304
35
(9,950)
19,383
(4,012)
61,642
(71)
80,331
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of financial position
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
87
86
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:
Share premium – Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value together with gains on the sale of own shares and the 
difference between actual and nominal value of shares issued by the Company in the acquisition of trade and assets. 
Merger reserve – Represents the difference between the nominal value of shares acquired by the Company in the share for share 
exchange with the former Gateley Heritage LLP members and the nominal value of shares issued to acquire them.
Other reserve – Represents the difference between the actual and nominal value of shares issued by the Company in the acquisition of 
subsidiaries.
Treasury reserve – Represents the repurchase of shares for future distribution by Group’s Employee Benefit Trust.
Retained earnings – All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recognised anywhere else.
Foreign currency translation reserve – Represents the movement in exchange rates back to the Group’s functional currency of 
profits and losses generated in foreign currencies.
The accompanying notes on pages 88 to 123 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Note
2024 
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year after tax
10,074
12,240
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation
13/15/17
8,015
7,246
Financial income
9
(4,999)
(1,735)
Financial expense
9
1,051
495
Interest charge on capitalised leases 
9
1,170
1,150
Equity settled share-based payments
7
1,686
1,100
Gain on bargain purchase
16
(3,609)
(1,389)
Acquisition related earn-out remuneration charge
6
6,956
6,190
Earn-out consideration paid - acquisition of subsidiary
(3,790)
(50)
Initial consideration paid on acquisitions
(2,035)
(1,468)
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
6
-
82
Tax expense
10
3,881
3,972
18,400
27,833
Increase in trade and other receivables
(10,658)
(6,942)
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
8,642
(7,259)
Increase in provisions
24
2,503
433
Cash generated from operations
18,887
14,065
Tax paid
(4,902)
(4,320)
Net cash flows from operating activities
13,985
9,745
Investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
13
(1,045)
(1,312)
Acquisition of other intangible assets
17
-
(787)
Cash acquired on business combinations
16
1,239
483
Interest received
9
4,999
1,735
Net cash flows from investing activities
5,193
119
Financing activities
Interest and other financial income paid
9
(956)
(371)
Lease repayments
(5,091)
(4,550)
Receipt of new revolving credit facility
21
6,000
1,000
Proceeds from sale of own shares
4
-
Acquisition of own shares by Employee Benefit Trust
(3,339)
(416)
Cash received for shares issued on exercise of SAYE/CSOP options
2,108
477
Dividends paid
12
(12,335)
(11,004)
Net cash used in financing activities
(13,609)
(14,864)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
5,569
(5,000)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
11,105
16,105
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
25
16,674
11,105
The accompanying notes on pages 71 to 119 form an integral part of these financial statements. 
Consolidated cash flow statement
for year ended 30 April 2024	
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
89
88
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
rights that are currently exercisable. The acquisition date is the 
date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated 
financial statements from the date that control commences until 
the date that control ceases. 
Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised 
income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, 
are eliminated. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with 
equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment 
to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised 
losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but 
only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. 
Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial 
information of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used 
into line with those used by the Group.
Audit exemption of subsidiaries
The following subsidiaries, consolidated into these Group 
accounts, are exempt from the requirements of the 
UK Companies Act 2006 relating to the audit of individual 
accounts by virtue of s479A of the Act.
Name
Registered number
Gateley UK LLP
OC315778
Gateley EBT Limited
09576648
Gateley Capitus Limited
03324995
Gateley Hamer Limited
03948095
Gateley Omega Limited
13367322
Kiddy & Partners Limited
11379755
Gateley Global Limited
08597472
T-Three Consulting Limited
03959623
Gateley Vinden Limited
03830233
Matsa Holdings Limited
08293396
Thomas Alexander Holdings Limited
02280956
TVP Holdings Limited
06548795
SP 2018 Limited
11344448
Byrom Clark Roberts Limited
02390547
Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited
01402539
Smithers Purslow Group Limited
05508205
Ainsley Stokes Limited
03219786
Adamson Jones IP Limited
07188937
Symbiosis IP Limited
06658551
Gateley RJA Limited
07941809
Austen Hays Limited
14581598
GEG Services Limited
12374579
The outstanding liabilities at 30 April 2024 of the above named 
subsidiaries have been guaranteed by the Company pursuant to 
s479A to s479C of the Act. In the opinion of the directors, the 
possibility of the guarantee being called upon is remote.
1.4 Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the functional 
currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated to the 
functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that 
date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms 
of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the 
exchange rate at the date of the transaction.
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including 
goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are 
translated to the Group’s presentational currency, sterling, at 
foreign exchange rates ruling at the reporting date. The revenues 
and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average 
rate for the year where this rate approximates to the foreign 
exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions.
Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign 
operations are reported as an item of other comprehensive 
income and accumulated in the foreign currency reserve.
1.5 Classification of financial instruments 
issued by the Group
IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ specifies how an entity should 
classify and measure financial assets including some hybrid 
contracts. Financial assets are to be classified on principle-based 
requirements dependent on the assets contractual cash flow 
characteristics and the Group business model for managing 
those assets.
The standard also introduced an impairment model that is to 
be applied to debt instruments measured at amortised cost or 
fair value through other comprehensive income, as well as trade 
receivables and contract assets. Under the model, expected 
credit losses are to be recognised against financial assets. 
Expected credit losses have been calculated in relation to debt 
securities and over the life time of trade and other receivables in 
line with the approach provided within the standard. The Group 
have based the assessment of the expected credit losses on a 
number of factors including the credit risk of the asset upon 
initial recognition as well as observed actual losses against classes 
of financial assets and specific client and industry knowledge held 
by fee earners.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
(forming part of the financial statements)
1. Basis of preparation and material 
accounting policies
Gateley (Holdings) Plc is a public company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The Parent 
Company’s acquisition of Gateley Plc and its acquisition of 
Gateley LLP have been assessed as being business combinations 
under common control which are scoped out of IFRS 3 ‘Business 
Combinations’. In accordance with the requirements of IAS 8 
the Directors have selected an appropriate accounting policy 
to reflect the substance of this transaction. The Directors have 
chosen to apply merger accounting as outlined in UKGAAP 
(FRS102). This required the Group to be consolidated at the 
date of the business combinations as though the Group structure 
had always been in place. No goodwill was recognised on this 
transaction.
The Group financial statements consolidate those of the 
Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the 
“Group”). The parent company financial statements present 
information about the Company as a separate entity and not 
about its Group.
The financial statements of Gateley (Holdings) Plc have 
been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under 
those standards. The accounting policies set out below have, 
unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods 
presented in these Group financial statements.
Judgements made by the Directors, in the application of these 
accounting policies that have significant effect on the financial 
statements and estimates with a significant risk of material 
adjustment in the next year are discussed in note 3.
The individual financial statements of each Group company are 
presented in the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which it operates (its functional currency). For the purposes 
of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial 
position of each Group company are expressed in GBP, which is 
the functional currency of the Company, and the presentational 
currency for the Group.
1.1 Measurement convention
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis 
except where adopted IFRSs require an alternative treatment. 
The principal variations relate to investment properties and 
financial instruments which are carried at fair value.
1.2 Going concern
See full explanation on page 24 of the Strategic Report.
Having reviewed the Group’s forecasts, which includes an 
analysis of both short term cash flow forecasts and longer term 
cash flow forecasts, the risk and uncertainties surrounding 
the current and future demand for legal services, and other 
reasonably possible variations in trading performance, mitigating 
actions available to management the Group expects to be able to 
operate within the Group’s financing facilities.
The Group’s Revolving Credit Facility expires in April 2025 
however, discussions are underway with the Group’s banks to 
provide a new facility, with terms anticipated to be agreed well 
ahead of expiry of the current facility. Furthermore, the Group’s 
supportive banks have provided a comfort letter that expresses 
their willingness to extend the current facility to October 2025, 
should it be required.
Sensitivity analysis has been performed in respect of specific 
scenarios which could negatively impact our future performance 
such as lower levels of revenue growth, lower than forecast 
receipts of cash, and reduced levels of gross margin expansion. 
In addition, the Directors have also considered further mitigating 
actions such as lower capital expenditure and other short-term 
cash management activities within the Group’s control. On this 
basis, the Directors have a reasonable basis to conclude that 
the Group is forecast to continue to trade in line with existing 
financing facilities for the foreseeable future and at least 
12 months from the approval of these financial statements.
Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.
1.3 Basis of consolidation
On 29 May 2015, the Company acquired 100 per cent of the 
issued share capital of Gateley Plc which had, on the same day, 
acquired the business assets and liabilities of Gateley Heritage 
LLP, formerly the partnership of Gateley LLP. Following this 
Group reorganisation the financial statements for the year ended 
30 April 2016 were prepared on a merger accounting basis as 
though this Group structure had always been in place. 
Although the share for share exchange resulted in a change of 
legal ownership, in substance these financial statements reflect the 
continuation of the pre-existing Group, headed by Gateley LLP.
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group 
controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability 
to affect those returns through its power over the entity. In 
assessing control, the Group’s primary consideration is voting 

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
91
90
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
concerned. Annual reviews are made of estimated useful lives 
and material residual values.
The useful lives over which these assets are depreciated are:
Leasehold improvements	
over the term of the lease
Equipment	
	
33.3% straight line
Fixtures and fittings		
20% straight line
Right-of-use assets	 	
term of the lease  
(between 1 and 10 years)
1.8 Leases
The Group leases offices, equipment and vehicles. Rental 
contracts are for periods of between 1 and 10 years. Lease terms 
are negotiated on a lease by lease basis and contain a variety of 
terms and conditions.
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease 
at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-
use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all 
lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short 
term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or 
less) and leases of low value assets (being those assets with a 
value less than £5,000 when new). For short term and low value 
leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating 
expense on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. 
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured 
on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present 
value of the following lease payments:
•	
fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), 
less any lease incentives receivable;
•	
variable lease payments that are based on an index or a 
rate;
•	
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease 
term assumed reflects the Group exercising that option.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate 
implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that 
the Group would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary 
to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic 
environment with similar terms and conditions.
The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.
Right-of-use assets are recognised at commencement of the 
lease and initially measured at the amount of the lease liability, 
plus any incremental costs of obtaining the lease and any lease 
payments made at or before the leased asset is available for use 
by the Group.
Subsequent to initial recognition, the lease liability is reduced 
for payments made and increased to reflect interest on the 
lease liability (using the effective interest method). The related 
right-of-use asset is depreciated over the term of the lease 
or, if shorter, the useful economic life of the leased asset. 
The lease term shall include the period of an extension option 
where it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. 
Interest on the lease liability is recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.
1.9 Business combinations
Subject to the transitional relief in IFRS 1, all business 
combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition 
method. Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date 
on which control is transferred to the Group.
Acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010
For acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010, the Group measures 
goodwill at the acquisition date as:
•	
the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus
•	
the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in 
the acquiree; plus
•	
the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; 
less
•	
the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss.
Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with 
the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred.
Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair 
value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration 
is classified as equity, it is not re-measured and settlement is 
accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to 
the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in 
profit or loss. Any interest payable on the balance is reflected in 
the value of the liability and charged monthly to the Statement 
of Profit and Loss as it arises. Further detail on contingent 
consideration is disclosed in note 16.
On a transaction-by-transaction basis, the Group elects to 
measure non-controlling interests, which have both present 
ownership interests and are entitled to a proportionate share 
of net assets of the acquiree in the event of liquidation, either 
at its fair value or at its proportionate interest in the recognised 
amount of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree at the 
acquisition date. All other non-controlling interests are measured 
at their fair value at the acquisition date. 
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity 
only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions:
(a)	 they include no contractual obligations upon the Group 
to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange 
financial assets or financial liabilities with another party 
under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the 
Group; and
(b)	 where the instrument will or may be settled in the 
Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-
derivative that includes no obligation to deliver a variable 
number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a 
derivative that will be settled by the company’s exchanging 
a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed 
number of its own equity instruments.
To the extent that this definition is not met, the financial 
instruments (including members’ capital of subsidiary LLP’s) 
are classified as a financial liability. Profit distributions relating to 
equity instruments are debited direct to equity.
1.6 Non derivative financial instruments
Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets include cash and cash equivalents 
and trade and other receivables. All financial assets are 
recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.
i) Investments
Other investments in equity securities held by the Group that 
were previously classified as being available-for-sale and are 
stated at fair value, have been classified as equity investments 
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 
under IFRS 9.
ii) Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables (except unbilled amounts for client 
work) are initially recognised at their transaction price and 
carried at amortised cost under IFRS 9.
In line with the simplified approach within IFRS 9, the Group 
recognises as disclosed in note 19 and 20 any expected credit 
loss against trade receivables in order to recognise the inherent 
risk that the Group may not be able to collect all amounts due 
according to the original terms of the receivable. The amount of 
the provision recorded is based on a broad range of information 
including past events, current conditions and forecasts of the 
future cash flows of the asset and is recognised in the statement 
of profit and loss in other operating expenses.
iii) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held 
at call with banks. For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow 
statement, cash and cash equivalents includes bank overdrafts in 
addition to the definition above.
iv) Treasury shares
The Group operates an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) under 
which ordinary shares have been issued and are held by the EBT. 
These are treated as treasury shares under IAS 32 and are added 
to the Treasury Share Reserve.
Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according 
to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered 
into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a 
residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all its 
liabilities.
The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other 
payables, borrowings, contingent consideration, members’ 
capital and amounts due to members. All financial liabilities are 
recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method with the 
exception of contingent consideration that is measured at fair 
value through profit or loss.
i) Bank borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value 
of the consideration received net of issue costs associated with 
the borrowing. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised 
cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the statement 
of profit and loss over the period of the borrowings using the 
effective interest method.
Financial expenses comprise interest expense on borrowings.
ii) Trade and other payables
Trade payables are initially measured at fair value, and are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective 
interest rate method.
iii) Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration is initially recognised and carried at 
the fair value. Following the end of the measurement period 
contingent consideration is continually remeasured to fair value 
with changes in fair value being reflected in profit or loss. Any 
interest payable on the balance is reflected in the value of the 
liability and charged to Profit and Loss as it arises.
1.7 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment charges.
Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have 
different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of 
property, plant and equipment.
Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of property, plant 
and equipment less the estimated residual value on a straight-
line basis over the expected useful economic life of the assets 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
93
92
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Under IFRS 9 the Group recognises expected credit losses 
(ECLs) on receivables through application of the simplified 
method. The ECLs are determined using historic credit loss 
experience adjusted for forward-looking factors and specific 
provisions based on management knowledge and expertise. 
Intangibles and property, plant and equipment 
(non‑financial assets)
The carrying amount of the Group’s assets including property, 
plant and equipment and intangibles other than goodwill is 
reviewed at each year end date to determine whether there is 
any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the 
asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.
An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount 
of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. 
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying 
amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to 
the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the 
increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined had no impairment loss been 
recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. 
A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss 
where it relates to an amount charged to profit or loss. 
Goodwill (non-financial asset)
Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset and is not amortised 
but tested for impairment annually and when there are any 
indications that its carrying value is not recoverable. As such, 
goodwill is stated at cost less any provision for impairment in 
value. For impairment testing purposes, goodwill is allocated to 
cash-generating units. If a subsidiary undertaking is subsequently 
sold, goodwill arising on acquisition is taken into account in 
determining the profit or loss on sale.
1.13 Employee benefits
Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit 
plan under which the company pays fixed contributions into a 
separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation 
to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined 
contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the 
statement of profit and loss in the periods during which services 
are rendered by employees.
Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an 
undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is 
provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be 
paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the 
Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this 
amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and 
the obligation can be estimated reliably.
Share-based payment transactions
The Group operates several equity settled share based 
compensation plans.
The grant date fair value of share-based payment awards made 
to employees is recognised as an employee expense, with a 
corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the awards. The 
fair value of the options granted is measured using an option 
valuation model, taking into account the terms and conditions 
upon which the options were granted. 
The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect 
the actual number of awards for which the related service and 
non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that 
the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the 
number of awards that meet the related service and non-market 
performance conditions at the vesting date, measured at the 
grant date fair value of the award.
At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimates of the 
number of share incentives which are expected to vest. The 
impact of the revision of original estimates is recognised in the 
income statement with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
1.14 Own shares held by EBT trust (treasury 
reserve)
Transactions of the Group-sponsored EBT trust are included 
in the Group financial statements. In particular, the trust’s 
purchases and sales of shares in the Company are recognised 
directly within equity.
1.15 Contingent consideration treated as 
remuneration
Certain acquisitions made by the Group include an element of 
consideration, known as an earn-out, that is contingent on the 
financial performance of the acquired business meeting pre-
determined targets over a specified period. Where the earn-out 
is also contingent on the continued employment of the seller(s) 
following the acquisition, this is then treated as a non-underlying 
remuneration charge (see note 1.21), accrued over the 
retention period (i.e. the period over which the effective 
employment condition is applicable) as a liability. Where 
initial consideration transferred is also subject to these same 
employment conditions, this too is treated as a non-underlying 
remuneration charge, with the prepaid consideration transferred 
being released to the statement of profit and loss over the 
retention period.
1.10 Intangible assets and goodwill
Goodwill
Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the 
purpose of impairment assessment and is not amortised but is 
tested at least annually for impairment, or whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets, including software licences, expenditure 
on internally generated computer software, brands, customer 
contracts and relationships are capitalised at cost and amortised 
on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives 
through operating expenses.
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are 
stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated 
impairment losses.
Customer lists
Customer lists that are acquired by the Group as part of a 
business combination are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses (see accounting policy 
‘Impairment of assets’). Cost reflects Management’s judgement 
of the fair value of the individual intangible asset calculated by 
reference to the net present value of future benefits accruing 
to the Group from the utilisation of the asset, discounted at an 
appropriate discount rate.
Brand value
Certain acquisitions have retained their trading name due to the 
value of the brand in their specific market place.
Brand value is amortised over a period of up to 15 years based 
on the Directors assessment of the future life of the brand, 
supported by trading history.
Internally generated computer software
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs 
are recognised as an expense when incurred. Development 
costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of 
identifiable and unique software products controlled by the 
Group are recognised as intangible assets where the following 
criteria are met:
–	
it is technically feasible to complete the software product 
so that it will be available for use;
– 	
management intends to complete the software product and 
use or sell it;
– 	
there is an ability to sell or use the software product;
– 	
it can be demonstrated how the software product will 
generate probable future economic benefits;
– 	
adequate technical, financial and other resources to 
complete the development and to use or sell software 
product are available; and
– 	
the expenditure attributable to the software product during 
its development can be reliably measured.
Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria 
are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs 
previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an 
asset in a subsequent period.
Computer software development costs recognised as assets 
are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which does 
not exceed five years. Computer software under development 
is not amortised. Amortisation starts from the date on which 
the software is available for use. If a decision is made to halt 
development then the cost is immediately expensed.
Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets 
unless such lives are indefinite. Intangible assets with an 
indefinite useful life and goodwill are systematically tested for 
impairment at each statement of financial position date. Other 
intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available 
for use. The estimated useful lives are as follows:
Customer lists 	
	
	
3 to 11 years
Brands	
	
	
	
15 years
Computer software		
	
3 years
1.11 Investment property
Investment properties are properties which are held either 
to earn rental income or for capital appreciation or for both. 
Investment properties are stated at fair value. Any gain or loss 
arising from a change in fair value is recognised in profit or loss.
1.12 Impairment excluding investment 
properties
Financial assets (including receivables)
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss 
is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether it is 
impaired. Management assess impairment of financial assets 
based on a broad range of information, including past events, 
current conditions and forecasts of the future cash flows of the 
asset that can be estimated reliably.
Interest on the impaired asset continues to be recognised 
through the unwinding of the discount. When a subsequent 
event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the 
decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
95
94
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
1.20 Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and 
deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to 
the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in 
which case it is recognised in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the 
taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates and laws 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of 
previous years.
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The 
following temporary differences are not provided for: the 
initial recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets 
or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit 
other than in a business combination; and differences relating to 
investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably 
not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred 
tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation 
or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, 
using tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
statement of financial position date.
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the temporary difference can be utilised.
1.21 Non-underlying items
Non-underlying items are non-trading and or non-cash items 
disclosed separately in the Consolidated Income Statement 
where the quantum, nature or volatility of such items would 
otherwise distort the underlying trading performance of the 
Group. The following are included by the Group in its assessment 
of non-underlying items:
•	
Consideration treated as remuneration: such charges 
are treated as non-underlying in order to reflect the 
commercial substance of the transaction. All former 
vendors who remain employed by the group are paid at 
market rates and the earn-out remuneration is a function 
of the interpretation of IFRS, and related emerging 
guidance only. 
•	
Share based payment charges: such charges are treated 
as non-underlying as the gain realised on the options 
granted is settled in shares not cash and therefore does not 
impact the income statement. The IFRS 2 charge is taken 
to the income statement, these expenses are treated as 
non-underlying items as they are either non-cash or non-
recurring in nature. 
•	
Amortisation in respect of intangible fixed assets: these 
costs are treated as non-underlying as they are non-cash 
items and do not need to be replaced on the statement 
of financial position once fully written down, therefore 
this cost will ultimately disappear from the statement of 
comprehensive income.
The tax effect of the above is also included if considered 
significant.
1.22 Exceptional items
Exceptional items are one off transactions, unrelated to 
the underlying trading performance of the Group disclosed 
separately in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss 
where the quantum, nature or volatility of such items would 
otherwise distort the underlying trading performance of 
the Group.
The following are included by the Group in its assessment of 
exceptional items:
•	
Gains or losses arising on disposal, closure, restructuring or 
reorganisation of businesses that do not meet the definition 
of discontinued operations.
•	
Impairment charges in respect of intangible fixed assets: 
these costs are treated as exceptional due to their one off 
nature.
•	
Non-typical expenses associated with acquisitions.
•	
Costs incurred as part of significant refinancing activities.
The tax effect of the above is also included if considered 
significant.
Details in respect of the non-underlying items recognised in 
the current and prior year are set out in note 6 to the Financial 
Statements.
1.23 Ordinary dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they 
are approved by the Company’s shareholders.
2. Accounting developments
New and revised IFRS in issue but not yet 
effective
There have been no changes to international accounting 
standards this year that have a material impact on the group’s 
results. No forthcoming new international accounting standards 
are expected to have a material impact on the financial 
statements of the group.
1.16 Provisions
Professional indemnity provision
A provision is recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, that can be 
reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Where material, 
the impact of the time value of money is taken into account 
by discounting the expected future cash flow at a pre-tax rate, 
which reflects risks specific to the liability.
Insurance cover is maintained in respect of professional 
negligence claims. This cover is principally written through 
insurance companies with coverage of up to £150 million 
for each claim. Premiums are expensed as they fall due with 
prepayments or accruals being recognised accordingly. Expected 
reimbursements are recognised once they become receivable. 
The liability and the associated reimbursement asset are 
shown separately in the financial statements. Where outflow 
of resources is considered probable and reliable estimates can 
be made, provision is made for the cost (including related legal 
costs) of settling professional negligence claims brought against 
the Group by third parties and disciplinary proceedings brought 
by regulatory authorities. Amounts provided for are based on 
Management’s assessment of the specific circumstances in 
each case. No separate disclosure is made of the detail of such 
claims and proceedings, as to do so could seriously prejudice 
the position of the Group. In the event the insurance companies 
cannot settle the full liability, the liability will revert to the Group.
Dilapidations provision
The Group recognise a provision for the future costs of 
dilapidations on leased office space. The provision is an estimate 
of the total cost to return applicable office space to its original 
condition at the end of the lease term, spread over the term 
of the lease. The estimated total cost is based on previous 
dilapidation expense per square foot of office space. 
1.17 Revenue recognition
IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers
Under IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers, revenue 
is recognised either over time or at a point in time. The model 
uses a contract based five-step analysis of transactions to 
determine when, and how much, revenue is recognised; this 
includes the matching of stand-alone process for services 
provided to the satisfaction of performance obligations.
The Group considers that there are two contract types in issue 
in the performance of the Group’s professional services, being 
non-contingent and contingent contracts.
Non-contingent contracts
Non-contingent work is typically recognised over the duration 
of the contract in line with the number of hours charged to 
the engagement at a pre-established rate. Under IFRS 15 the 
hours worked on these engagements are considered to be the 
satisfaction of the performance obligation, therefore where 
collection of revenue is considered probable, it is recognised in 
line with the hours performed.
Contingent contracts
Contingent work is typically recognised at a point in time, 
once the pre-agreed stages of the contract performance 
are reached or concluded as a result of an event linked to 
each work type performance. In line with IFRS 15 the Group 
recognises revenue on these contracts at a point in time once the 
uncertainty over the contingent event has been satisfied as this 
is the point at which the performance obligation is considered to 
have been met.
Recognition of accrued revenue
The standard requires the recognition of both contract assets 
and liabilities. Whilst IFRS 15 requires that when an entity has 
an unconditional right to consideration then at this point the 
contract asset would become a trade receivable regardless of 
whether a bill has been issued. However, the Group does not 
consider the right to be unconditional until the point of billing at 
which point the fee amount has been agreed and confirmed with 
the customer. Therefore, these unbilled amounts are recognised 
as contract assets as opposed to trade receivables. The Group 
have also recognised a contract liability under the standard that 
represents the amount of income that has been invoiced in 
advance of the service being performed.
Recoverable expenses
Recoverable expenses and disbursements represent charges 
from other professional service firms, sub-contractors and 
out of pocket expenses incurred in respect of assignments and 
expected to be recovered from clients.
Other income
Rental income, generated through the subletting of office space, 
is recognised in line with IFRS 16, on a straight line basis over the 
lease term.
1.18 Short term and low value lease payments
Payments made on short term and low value leases are 
recognised in the statement of profit and loss on a straight-line 
basis over the term of the lease in prior year comparatives and 
where current year leases meet the short-term lease criteria 
under IFRS 16.
1.19 Financial income and expenses
Financial expenses comprise interest payable and exchange 
losses that are recognised in the statement of profit and 
loss. Financial income comprises interest receivable on funds 
invested.
Interest income and interest payable is recognised in profit or 
loss as it accrues, using the effective interest method.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
97
96
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
3. Critical accounting judgements and 
key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of consolidated financial statements under 
IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
which affect the reported amount of revenues, expenses, assets 
and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. If in 
the future such estimates and assumptions, which are based 
on management’s best judgement at the date of preparation 
of the financial statements, deviate from actual circumstances, 
the original estimates and assumptions will be modified as 
appropriate in the period in which the circumstances change. 
The key areas where a higher degree of judgement or complexity 
arises, or where estimates and assumptions are significant to the 
consolidated financial statements are discussed below. 
Estimates
Impairment assessment of trade receivables (note 20) and 
unbilled revenue (note 19)
The carrying amount of trade receivables on client assignment 
is held at selling price less lifetime estimated credit losses 
(ECLs). The inclusion of the ECLs contributes to reducing the 
risk relating to the amounts of debts that are recoverable or not 
recoverable.
ECLs have been estimated based on historic credit losses within 
each operating segment for each ageing bracket. These credit 
losses calculated have then been adjusted where appropriate for 
the inclusion of management and legal professional judgement to 
account for any forward looking information on specific clients. 
Management have performed sensitivity analysis over the ECL 
applied to trade receivables:
Increase/(decrease) 
in value of trade 
receivables
£’000
+1% increase in ECL
(582)
-1% decrease in ECL
582
Management have also applied the same expectation of credit 
losses for trade receivables to contract assets to assess the 
recoverability of unbilled revenue recognised in the consolidated 
accounts.
Management have performed sensitivity analysis on the expectation 
of recoverability applied to the contract assets balance:
Increase/(decrease) 
in value of contract 
assets
£’000
+1% increase in ECL rate
(235)
-1% decrease in ECL rate
235
Management believe that the provision in place is sufficiently 
prudent and therefore any increase in the rate applied is unlikely.
Unbilled revenue on client assignments (note 19)
The valuation of unbilled revenue involves detailed understanding of 
contractual terms with clients, and affects the amount of revenue 
recognised. The valuation is based on an estimate of the amount 
expected to be recoverable from clients on unbilled items based on 
such factors as time spent, the expertise and skills provided and the 
stage of completion of the assignment. The principal uncertainty 
over this estimation is a result of the amounts not yet being billed 
to, or recognised by the client. The extent of such uncertainty is 
increased on contingent engagements as there is no certainty that 
the amount will be recoverable at all until the contingent event is 
satisfied. Management look to reduce this level of uncertainty by 
conducting comprehensive risk assessments over each engagement 
undertaken to minimise the overall risk held by the Group. 
Provision is made for such factors as historical recoverability rates, 
contingencies, agreements with clients, external expert’s opinion and 
the potential credit risks, following interactions between legal staff, 
finance and clients. In assessing whether unbilled time is recognised 
as unbilled revenue, management are required to make estimates 
in determining the point at which the contingency is resolved and 
when the fair value of consideration can be measured reliably. 
Where a case is contingent at the statement of financial position 
date, no revenue is recognised. Where entitlement to income is 
certain it is recognised at selling price.
Valuation of intangibles (note 15)
Measurement of intangible assets relating to acquisitions: In 
attributing value to intangible assets arising on acquisition, 
management has made certain assumptions in terms of cash flows 
attributable to intellectual property and customer relationships. The 
key assumptions made relate to the valuation of the brand, where 
the acquired brand is retained by the entity, and the customer 
list. The value of such intangibles has been estimated based on 
the amount of revenue expected to be generated by them. The 
revenue estimations rely on annual growth rates. Management have 
selected the appropriate rates based on a combination of observed 
historical growth, industry norms and forecasted influencing factors. 
The rates applied reflect previous growth rates, with sensitivities 
indicating that variations in the actual rate achieved are unlikely to 
materially impact the valuation of the intangible assets.
4. Revenue and operating segments
The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is the Strategic Board. The Group have the following four strategic divisions, 
comprising both legal and consultancy services, which are its reportable segments, and referred to as its Platforms.
The following summary describes the operations of each reportable segment as reported up to 30 April 2024 and also the new service 
lines:
Reportable segment/Platforms
Legal service lines
Consultancy service lines
Corporate
Banking
Commercial
Corporate
Restructuring advisory
Taxation
GEG Services
International Investment Services
Business services
Austen Hays
Commercial Dispute Resolution
Complex International Litigation
IP
Regulatory
Reputation, media and privacy law
Adamson Jones
Symbiosis IP
People
Employment
Pensions
Private client
Entrust Pension
Kiddy and Partners
T-three
Property
Real Estate
Residential Development
Construction
Planning
Real Estate Dispute Resolution
Capitus
Hamer/Persona
RJA
Smithers Purslow
Vinden
The revenue and operating profit are attributable to the principal activities of the Group.  A geographical analysis of revenue is given 
below:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
United Kingdom
156,760
151,489
Europe
9,016
5,459
Middle East
1,797
2,390
North and South America
2,478
1,675
Asia
1,878
1,163
Other
563
507
172,492
162,683
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
99
98
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
The Group has no individual customers that represent more than 10% of revenue in either the 2024 or 2023 financial year. The Group’s 
assets and costs are predominately located in the UK save for those assets and costs located in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) via 
its Dubai subsidiary.  Net Group assets of £0.09m (2023: Net Group assets of £0.08m) are located in the Group’s Dubai subsidiary.  
Revenue generated by the Group’s Dubai subsidiary to customers in the UAE totalled £1.80m (2023: £2.39m) as disclosed above as 
due from the customers in the Middle East.
2024
Business 
Services
£’000
Corporate
£’000
People
£’000
Property
£’000
Total
£’000
Segment revenue from services transferred at a point in time
5,648
15,845
7,918
18,936
48,347
Segment revenue from services transferred over time
19,241
21,219
11,636
72,049
124,145
Total Segment revenue
24,889
37,064
19,554
90,985
172,492
Segment contribution (as reported internally)
7,523
13,975
5,772
33,240
60,510
Costs not allocated to segments:
Other operating income
153
Personnel costs
(18,087)
Depreciation and amortisation
(8,015)
Other operating expenses
(16,788)
Share based payment charges
(1,686)
Gain on bargain purchase
3,609
Contingent consideration treated as remuneration
(6,956)
Exceptional items
(1,563)
Net financial income
2,778
Profit for the financial year before taxation
13,955
2023
Business 
Services
£’000
Corporate
£’000
People
£’000
Property
£’000
Total
segments
£’000
Other 
expense
and 
movement
in unbilled 
revenue
 £’000
Total
£’000
Segment revenue from services transferred 
at a point in time
4,952
16,578
8,409
17,002
46,941
1
46,942
Segment revenue from services transferred 
over time 
16,872
22,200
12,027
64,642
115,741
-
115,741
Total segmental revenue
21,824
38,778
20,436
81,644
162,682
1
162,683
Segment contribution (as reported 
internally)
5,330
13,948
5,983
31,037
56,298
1
56,299
Costs not allocated to segments:
Other operating income
49
Personnel costs
(11,091)
Depreciation and amortisation
(7,246)
Other operating expenses
(15,104)
Share based payment charges
(1,984)
Gain on bargain purchase
1,389
Contingent consideration treated as 
remuneration
(6,190)
Net financial income
90
Profit for the financial year before taxation
16,212
Group entities may be engaged on a contingent basis; in such cases the Group considers the satisfaction of the contingent event as the 
sole performance obligation within the contract. Fees are only billed once the contingent event has been satisfied. The initial financing 
of these engagements is met by the Group. Due to the nature and timing of the billing, such engagements influence the contract asset 
balance held in the balance sheet at year end. In the majority of cases the contingent event is expected to be concluded within one year 
of the engagement date. The Group operates standard payment terms of 30 days. £11.1 million (2023: £16.4m) of the current period 
revenue is derived from services satisfied, in part, in the previous period.
Services transferred over time
For non-contingent engagements, fee earners’ hourly rates are determined at the point of engagement with all hours attributed to the 
engagement fully and accurately recorded. The recorded hours are then translated into fees to be billed and invoiced on a monthly 
basis. The Group typically operates on 30 days credit terms, in line with IFRS 15 the performance obligations are fulfilled over time with 
revenue being recognised in line with the hours worked. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
101
100
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Contract assets
Under IFRS 15 the Group recognises any goods or services transferred to the customer before the customer pays consideration, or 
before payment is due, as a contract asset. These assets differ from accounts receivables. Accounts receivable are the amounts that 
have been billed to the client and the revenue recognised, whereas these contract assets are amounts of work in progress where work 
has been performed, yet the amounts have not yet been billed to the client. Due to the nature of the services delivered by the Group 
the significant component of the cost of delivery is staff costs. As a result, there is little to no judgement exercised in determining the 
costs incurred as they are driven by the time recorded by fee earners.  Contract assets are subject to impairment under IFRS 9.
No other financial information has been disclosed as it is not provided to the CODM on a regular basis.
Contract Liabilities
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract liabilities based on those amounts recognised against contracts for which 
the satisfaction of performance obligations has not yet been met. These liabilities relate to the deferred income recognised within 
Kiddy & Partners, T-three Consulting Limited and GEG Services Limited as a result of their billing structure. The amounts recognised 
reflect the agreed cost of the services to be performed and are realised in line with the ongoing cost of delivery. Due to the nature of 
the services provided, the main component of this cost of delivery is staff costs, as a result there is little to no judgement exercised in 
determining the value of the liability held at year end. 
Practical expedients under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 companies are required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the performance 
obligations that are unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period. However, only a small proportion of revenue contracts in issuance 
are for fixed amounts, rather the company has a right to consideration from the customer in an amount that corresponds directly with 
the value to the customer of the business’ performance completed to date. Therefore, the Group considers it impractical to estimate 
the potential value of unsatisfied performance obligations and has elected to apply the practical expedient available under IFRS 15.
5. Other operating income
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Rental and service charge income
153
49
6. Expenses and auditor’s remuneration
Included in operating profit are the following:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Depreciation on tangible assets (see note 13)
1,140
936
Depreciation on right-of-use asset (see notes 13 and 29)
3,949
3,976
Short term and low value lease payments (see note 29)
76
82
Operating lease costs on property (see note 29)
116
166
Loss on sale of fixed assets
-
82
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Non-underlying items
Amortisation of intangible assets (see note 15)
2,483
2,073
Share based payment charges – Gateley Plc
1,625
1,984
Share based payment charges – Gateley RJA Limited
61
-
Gain on bargain purchase
(3,609)
(1,389)
Consideration treated as remuneration
6,956
6,190
7,516
8,858
Exceptional items
Acquisition costs
37
-
Reorganisation costs
1,159
-
One off remuneration charge – Gateley RJA Limited
367
-
Total non-underlying and exceptional items
9,079
8,858
Acquisition costs relate to third-party professional fees in connection with prospecting and completing acquisitions during the period. 
Share based payment charges in Gateley Plc represent charges in accordance with IFRS 2 in respect of unexercised SAYE, CSOP, LTIP 
and RSA Plan (See note 8). 
Share based payment charges in Gateley RJA Limited represent shares awarded to staff following the successful acquisition of the 
Company (See notes 7 and 8). 
Reorganisation costs relate to restructuring and integration projects around the Group.
Auditor’s remuneration
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Fees payable to the Company’s Auditor in respect of audit services:
	
Audit of these financial statements
115
107
	
Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company
23
22
138
129
Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of:
	
Other assurance services
37
34
Other assurance services relate to Solicitors Accounts Rules review with associated reporting to legal regulators. This work is entirely 
assurance focused.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
103
102
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
7. Personnel costs
The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year, analysed by category, was as follows:
Number of employees
2024
2023
Legal and professional staff
1,068
1,000
Administrative staff
468
439
1,536
1,439
The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Wages and salaries
94,402
83,942
Social security costs
10,928
9,984
Pension costs
3,160
2,839
108,490
96,765
Non-underlying items (see note 6)
Share based payment expense – Gateley Plc
1,625
1,984
Share based payment expense – Gateley RJA Limited
61
-
110,176
98,749
Details of the Directors’ remuneration and share interests are given in the Summary of Directors’ remuneration for the year within the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 48.
8. Share based payments
Group
At the year end the Group has eleven unexercised grants across four different equity-settled share based payment schemes.
Save As You Earn scheme (‘SAYE’)
The Group operates a HMRC approved SAYE scheme for all staff.  Options under this scheme will vest if the participant remains 
employed for the agreed vesting period of three years.  Upon vesting, each option allows the holder to purchase the allocated ordinary 
shares at a discount of 20% of the market price determined at the grant date.
During the year 1,766,571 SAYE 19/20 options vested with 1,395,589 being exercised by 30 April 2024 leaving 370,982 options still to 
be exercised. New shares were issued to satisfy these options being 1,395,589 10p shares with a nominal value of £139,559.
Company Share Option Plan (‘CSOP’)
The Group operates an HMRC approved CSOP scheme for associates, senior associates, legal directors, equivalent positions in Gateley 
Group subsidiary companies and Senior Management positions in our support teams.  Options under this scheme will vest if the 
participant remains employed for the agreed vesting period of three years.  Upon vesting, each option allows the holder to purchase 
the allocated ordinary shares at the price on the date of grant.
Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The Group operates an LTIP for the benefit of Executive Directors and Senior Management.  Awards under the LTIP may be in the 
form of an option granted to the participant to receive ordinary shares on exercise dependent upon the achievement of profit related 
performance conditions.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued
Performance conditions
Options granted under the LTIP are only exercisable subject to the satisfaction of the following performance conditions which will 
determine the proportion of the option that will vest at the end of the three-year performance period.  The awards will be subject to an 
adjusted fully diluted earnings per share performance measure as described in the table below:
Adjusted, fully diluted earnings per Share Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR)  
over the three year period ending 30 April 2025/26
Amount Vesting %
Below 5%
0%
5%
25%
Between 5% and 10%
Straight line vesting
Above 10%
100%
The options will generally be exercisable after approval of the financial statements during the year of exercise. The performance period 
for any future awards under the LTIP will be a three-year period from the date of grant.  Vested and unvested LTIP awards are subject 
to a formal malus and clawback mechanism.
During the year 742,998 LTIP 2020 options vested with 727,790 being exercised by 30 April 2024. New shares were issued to satisfy 
these options being 727,790 10p shares with a nominal value of £72,779.
Restricted Share Award Plan (‘RSA Plan’)
The Group operates  an RSA Plan for the benefit of Senior Management. Awards under the RSA Plan entitle the option holder to 
participate in dividends however, the shares are restricted for a period of 5 years from issue, such that they cannot be traded.
The annual awards granted under all schemes are summarised below:
Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
life
Weighted
average 
exercise
price
Originally
granted
Number
Lapsed/
exercised 
at 
30 April 
2023
Number
At 1 May
2023
Number
Granted
during
the year
Number
Lapsed
 during 
year
Number
Exercised 
in the 
year
Number
At
30 April
2024
Number
SAYE
SAYE 19/20 –  
30 September 2019
0  years
£1.28
822,625
(774,066)
48,559
-
-
(48,559)
-
SAYE 20/21 –  
6 November 2020
0 years
£1.02
2,337,197
(463,339)
1,873,858
-
(107,287) (1,395,589)
370,982
SAYE 21/22 -  
25 August 2021
0.3 years
£1.70
673,077
(172,062)
501,015
-
(219,751)
-
281,264
SAYE 22/23 -  
22 September 2022
1.4 years
£1.55
1,070,154
(36,850)
1,033,304
-
(426,326)
(2,129)
604,849
SAYE 23/24 -  
3 November 2023
2.5 years
£1.14
-
-
-
1,801,308
(95,668)
-
1,705,640
4,903,053 (1,446,317) 3,456,736
1,801,308
(849,032) (1,446,277)
2,962,735
CSOPS
CSOPS  20/21 –  
7 July 2020
0 years
£1.35
976,797
(245,014)
731,783
-
(58,818)
(438,263)
234,702
CSOPS 22/23 -  
14 December 2022
1.6 years
£1.74
300,000
(10,000)
290,000
-
(40,000)
-
250,000
1,276,797
(255,014)
1,021,783
-
(98,818)
(438,263)
484,702

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
105
104
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
life
Weighted
average 
exercise
price
Originally
granted
Number
Lapsed/
exercised 
at 
30 April 
2023
Number
At 1 May
2023
Number
Granted
during
the year
Number
Lapsed
 during 
year
Number
Exercised 
in the 
year
Number
At
30 April
2024
Number
LTIPS
LTIPS 20/21 –  
22 July 2020
0 years
£0.00
1,405,766
(303,519)
1,102,247
-
(374,457)
(727,790)
-
LTIPS - 27 April 
2022
1.0 years
£0.00
1,115,000
(90,000)
1,025,000
-
(135,000)
-
890,000
LTIPS 23 Feb 2023
1.8 years
£0.00
1,320,000
-
1,320,000
-
(190,000)
-
1,130,000
3,840,766
(393,519)
3,447,247
-
(699,457)
(727,790)
2,020,000
RSA Plan
RSA Plan - 27 April 
2022
3.0 years
£0.00
1,422,560
-
1,422,560
-
(237,500)
-
1,185,060
RSA Plan  
23 February 2023
3.8 years
£0.00
1,175,000
(50,000)
1,125,000
-
(187,500)
-
937,500
RSA Plan  
21 September 
2023
4.4 years
£0.00
-
-
-
790,131
-
-
790,131
2,597,560
(50,000)
2,547,560
790,131
(425,000)
-
2,912,691
Fair value calculations
The award is accounted for as equity-settled under IFRS 2.  The fair value of awards which are subject to non-market based 
performance conditions is calculated using the Black Scholes option pricing model.  The inputs to this model for awards granted during 
the financial year are detailed below:
SAYE
RSA Plan
Grant date
03/11/2023
21/09/2023
Share price at date of grant
£1.31
£1.54
Exercise price
£1.14
£nil
Volatility
18.9%
18.9%
Expected life (years)
3.3
5.0
Risk free rate
4.36%
4.43%
Dividend yield
4.50%
0.00%
Fair value per share
Market based performance condition
-
-
Non-market based performance condition/no performance condition
£0.23
£1.535
Expected volatility was determined by using historical share price data of the Company since it listed on 8 June 2015. The expected life 
used in the model has been based on management’s expectation of the minimum and maximum exercise period of each of the options 
granted.
The total charge to the income statement for all schemes now in place, included within non-underlying items, is £1,686,000 (2023: 
£1,984,000).
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued
9. Financial income and expense
Recognised in profit and loss
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Financial income
Interest income 
4,999
1,735
Total financial income
4,999
1,735
Financial expense
Interest expense on bank borrowings measured at amortised cost
(1,051)
(495)
Interest on lease liability
(1,170)
(1,150)
Total financial expense
(2,221)
(1,645)
Net financial income
2,778
90
10. Taxation
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Current tax expense
Current tax on profits for the year
4,341
4,974
Under provision of taxation in previous period
73
58
Total current tax
4,414
5,032
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
(646)
(472)
Over/(under) provision on share-based payment charges
113
(588)
Total deferred tax expense
(533)
(1,060)
Total tax expense
3,881
3,972
The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax in the United 
Kingdom applied to profits for the year are as follows:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Profit for the year (subject to corporation tax)
13,955
16,212
Tax using the Company’s domestic tax rate of 25% (2023: 19%)
3,489
3,080
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
206
1,422
Under provision of taxation in previous period
73
58
Over/(under) provision on share-based payment charges
113
(588)
Total tax expense
3,881
3,972
The Finance Act 2021 increased the main rate of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023. 

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
107
106
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
11. Earnings per share
Statutory earnings per share
2024
Number
2023
Number
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue, being weighted average 
number of shares for calculating basic earnings per share
130,127,316
125,244,334
Shares deemed to be issued for no consideration in respect of share based payments
1,980,638
3,283,007
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating diluted earnings 
per share
132,107,953
128,527,341
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Profit for the year and basic earnings attributable to ordinary equity 
shareholders 
10,074
12,240
Non-underlying and exceptional items (see note 6)
Operating expenses
9,079
8,858
Tax on non-underlying and exceptional items
(391)
(168)
Underlying earnings before non-underlying and exceptional items
18,762
20,930
Earnings per share is calculated as follows:
2024
Pence
2023
Pence
Basic earnings per ordinary share
7.74
9.77
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
7.63
9.52
Basic earnings per ordinary share before non-underlying and exceptional items
14.42
16.71
Diluted earnings per ordinary share before non-underlying and exceptional items
14.20
16.28
12. Dividends
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Equity shares:
Final dividend in respect of 2022 (5.5p per share) - 22 October 2022
-
6,835
Interim dividend in respect of 2023 (3.3p per share) - 24 March 2023
-
4,169
Final dividend in respect of 2023 (6.2p per share) - 23 October 2023
7,997
-
Interim dividend in respect of 2024 (3.3p per share) - 21 March 2024
4,338
-
12,335
11,004
The board proposes to recommend a final dividend of 6.2p (2023: 6.2p) per share at the AGM. If approved, this dividend will be 
paid in October 2024 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 11 October 2024. The shares will go ex-dividend on 
10 October 2024. This dividend has not been recognised as a liability in these final statements.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued
13. Property, plant and equipment 
Leasehold
improvements
£’000
Equipment
£’000
Fixtures and
fittings
£’000
Right-of-use 
assets
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
Balance at 1 May 2022
340
7,232
5,628
35,428
48,628
Additions
-
827
485
6,447
7,759
Disposal
(27)
(323)
(88)
(1,722)
(2,160)
As at 30 April 2023
313
7,736
6,025
40,153
54,227
Balance at 1 May 2023
313
7,736
6,025
40,153
54,227
Additions
-
699
346
472
1,517
Arising through business combinations
34
90
-
-
124
Disposal
-
(22)
-
(630)
(653)
As at 30 April 2024
347
8,503
6,371
39,994
55,215
Depreciation and impairment 
Balance at 1 May 2022
231
6,407
5,228
10,801
22,667
Depreciation charge for the year
16
562
358
3,976
4,912
Eliminated on disposal
(27)
(247)
(82)
(1,722)
(2,078)
Balance at 30 April 2023
220
6,722
5,504
13,055
25,501
Balance at 1 May 2023
220
6,722
5,504
13,055
25,501
Depreciation charge for the year
29
823
287
3,949
5,089
Arising through business combinations
15
59
-
-
74
Eliminated on disposal
-
(22)
-
(630)
(652)
Balance at 30 April 2024
264
7,582
5,791
16,374
30,011
Net book value
At 30 April 2023
93
1,014
521
27,098
28,726
At 30 April 2024
83
921
580
23,621
25,204

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
109
108
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
14. Investment property
£’000
Fair value
Balance at 1 May 2022 and 30 April 2023
164
Balance at 1 May 2023 and 30 April 2024
164
The Group’s interest in its freehold property at 216 Capella House, Celestia Falcon Drive, Cardiff Bay, Cardiff, CF10 4RE was valued 
as at 30 April 2024 at £164,000 (2023: £164,000) by the Directors based on current open market values for existing use. However, 
it was noted that a valuation by a qualified individual with relevant experience has not been performed during the year on the basis that 
it is not expected by the Directors to have materially changed. Rental income of £nil (2023: £nil) was received during the year. Services 
charges of £3,089 (2023: £3,089) were incurred during the year.
15. Intangible assets and goodwill
Goodwill
£’000
Customer 
lists
£’000
Brands
£’000
Total
£’000
Deemed cost
At 1 May 2022 
1,550
16,261
3,518
21,329
Arising through business combinations
-
1,000
-
1,000
At 30 April 2023 
1,550
17,261
3,518
22,329
Arising through business combinations
-
3,322
-
3,322
At 30 April 2024
1,550
20,583
3,518
25,651
Amortisation
At 1 May 2022
-
7,317
10
7,327
Charge for the year
-
1,838
235
2,073
At 30 April 2023
-
9,155
245
9,400
Charge for the year
-
2,248
235
2,483
At 30 April 2024
-
11,403
480
11,883
Carrying amounts
At 30 April 2023
1,550
8,106
3,273
12,929
At 30 April 2024
1,550
9,180
3,038
13,768
Within intangible assets includes a Gateley Smithers Purslow customer list asset of £4m (2023: £4.5m) which has a remaining life 
of 9 years, and a Gateley RJA customer list asset of £3m (2023: £nil) which has a remaining useful life of 4 years and 3 months. 
The entirety of the brand intangible relates to Gateley Smithers Purslow and has a remaining life of 13 years.
Goodwill is allocated to the following cash generating units:	
2024
£’000 
2023
£’000 
Property Group
Gateley Capitus Limited
-
-
Gateley Hamer Limited
-
-
GCL Solicitors (acquisition of trade and assets)
-
-
Persona Associates Limited
40
40
Gateley Vinden Limited
934
934
Tozer Gallagher (acquisition of trade and assets)
-
-
Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited
-
-
Gateley RJA Limited
-
-
974
974
Employment , Pensions and Benefits Group
Kiddy & Partners Limited
-
-
International Investment Services Limited
-
-
T-three Consulting Limited
-
-
-
-
Business services Group
Gateley Tweed (acquisition of goodwill)
576
576
Adamson Jones IP Limited
-
-
Symbiosis IP Limited
-
-
576
576
1,550
1,550
Impairment testing
The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment. The impairment test involves determining the recoverable amount of the cash 
generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill has been allocated. The Directors believe that each operating segment represents a 
cash generating unit for the business and as a result, impairment is tested for each segment, and all the assets of each segment are 
considered. 
The recoverable amount is based on the present value of expected future cash flows (value in use) which was determined to be higher 
than the carrying amount of goodwill so no impairment loss was recognised. 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
111
110
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Value in use was determined by discounting the future cash flows generated from the continuing operation of the Group and was based 
on the following key assumptions:
•	
A pre-tax discount rate of between 12 and 21% (2023: 12-21%) was applied in determining the recoverable amount. The 
discount rate is based on the Group’s average weighted cost of capital of 10.18% and adjusted according to the risks attributable 
to each CGU. 
•	
The values assigned to the key assumptions represent management’s estimate of expected future trends and are based on both 
external (industry experience, historic market performance and current estimates of risks associated with trading conditions) 
and internal sources (existing management knowledge, track record and an in-depth understanding of the work types being 
performed).
	
o	
Growth rates of between 2% to 10% (2023: 2-10%) are based on management’s understanding of the market opportunities 
for services provided pertaining to the industry in which each CGU is aligned. 
	
o	
Increases in costs are based on current inflation rates and expected levels of recruitment needed to generate predicted 
revenue growth.
	
o	
Attrition rates are based on the historic experience and trends of client activity over a two to three year period and applied to 
future fee forecasts.
	
o	
Cash flows have been typically assessed over a five-year period which management extrapolates cash using a terminal value 
calculation based on an estimated growth rate of 2%. The expected current UK economic growth forecasts for the legal 
services market is 2%.
•	
The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis on the impairment test of the CGU carrying value. The Directors believe that any 
reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount of goodwill is based would not cause the 
aggregate carrying amount to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the CGU. 
16. Acquisitions
During the year ended 30 April 2024 the Group completed two acquisitions. Gateley (Holdings) Plc completed the acquisition of 
the entire share capital of Austen Hays Limited on 23 August 2023 for total consideration of £1. As this is immaterial to the financial 
statements no further disclosures have been made in respect of this acquisition.
Acquisition of Gateley RJA Limited
On 19 July 2023 Gateley (Holdings) Plc acquired the entire issued share capital of Richard Julian and Associates Limited (‘RJA’). RJA 
specialises in the provision of quantity surveying and project management services to organisations in the affordable housing sector. 
The primary reason for the business combination is discussed within the CEO’s review on page 28.
The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as set out in the table below:
Pre-
acquisition
 carrying 
amount 
£’000
Policy 
alignment 
and fair 
value 
adjustments 
£’000
Total
£’000
Intangible asset relating to customer list 
-
3,322
3,322
Property, plant and equipment
82
-
82
Cash
1,239
-
1,239
Trade receivables
583
-
583
Prepayments and accrued income
89
-
89
Total assets
1,993
3,322
5,315
Trade payables
(7)
-
(7)
Accruals and other payables
(399)
-
(399)
Corporation tax
(227)
-
(227)
Other taxes and social security
(242)
-
(242)
Deferred tax
-
(831)
(831)
Total liabilities
(875)
(831)
(1,706)
Total identifiable net assets at fair value
1,118
2,491
3,609
Negative goodwill arising on acquisition
(3,609)
Total consideration
-
Satisfied by:
Initial cash consideration paid
2,035
Issue of 1,192,163 new 10p ordinary shares in Gateley (Holdings) Plc
1,896
Contingent cash consideration payable
1,034
Contingent share consideration payable 
1,035
Less: amounts subject to continuing employment conditions
(6,000)
Total consideration
-
Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 
Cash paid
(2,035)
Net cash acquired
1,239
Net cash outflow arising on acquisition
(796)
A contingent consideration arrangement was entered into as part of the acquisition. A further £2.1 million could be payable with any 
payment subject to RJA achieving at least £4 million of revenue over the first 12 months post-acquisition, and not less than £5 million 
of revenue for the following 12 months. Such payment is to be split in shares and cash as agreed between the Sellers and the Company, 
providing no Seller is entitled to receive more than 50% of their total consideration in cash.
The negative goodwill of £3,609,000 has been recognised immediately in the statement of profit and loss and included within 
non-underlying expenses.
From the date of acquisition Gateley RJA Limited has contributed £4.2m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive 
Income together with after tax profit of £0.7m. If the acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group 
revenue and profit after tax would have been higher by £1.1m and £0.2m respectively.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
113
112
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
17. Other intangible assets
IT development 
costs
£’000
Computer
software
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
Balance at 1 May 2022
258
440
698
Additions
24
763
787
At 30 April 2023
282
1,203
1,485
Additions
-
-
-
At 30 April 2024
282
1,203
1,485
Amortisation
Balance at 1 May 2022
-
134
134
Charge for the year
40
221
261
At 30 April 2023
40
355
395
Charge for the year
80
363
443
At 30 April 2024
120
718
838
Net book value at 30 April 2023
242
848
1,090
Net book value at 30 April 2024
162
485
647
The Group’s amortisation policy, as disclosed in note 1.10, is to amortise other intangible assets from the date they are made available 
for use.
18. Other investments
The Group holds other investment interests in the following third party investments:
£’000
Fair value
Balance at 1 May 2022
173
Loss on revaluation - FVOCI
(26)
Balance at 30 April 2023
147
Gain on revaluation - FVOCI
128
Balance at 30 April 2024
275
£nil (2023: £nil) – Gateley Investments Limited holds a 1.9% investment in the ordinary shares of Manchester Biotech Limited 
(formerly PeptiGelDesign Ltd).
£275,433 (2023: £146,535) – Gateley Plc holds a 3.0% investment in the ordinary shares in Incanthera Plc, acquired on 
26 February 2020.
19. Contract assets and liabilities
Contract 
assets
£’000
Trade
receivables
£’000
Contract 
liabilities
£’000
As at 30 April 2024
23,543
58,056
(409)
As at 30 April 2023
20,388
54,167
(499)
Contract assets
Contract assets consist of unbilled revenue in respect of professional services performed to date.
Contract assets in relation to non-contingent work are recognised at appropriate intervals, normally on a monthly basis in arrears, in 
line with the performance of the services and engagement obligations. Where such matters remain unbilled at the period end the asset 
is valued on a contract-by-contract basis at its expected recoverable amount.
Contract assets in relation to contingent work are recognised at a point in time once the uncertainty over the contingent event has 
been satisfied and all performance obligations satisfied, such that it is no longer contingent, these matters are valued based on the 
expected recoverable amount. Due to the complex nature of these matters, they can take a considerable time to be finalised therefore 
performance obligations may be settled in one period but the matter not billed until a later financial period. Until the performance 
obligations have been performed the Group does not recognise any contract asset value at the year end.
During the year, contract assets of £nil (2023: £nil) were acquired in business combinations.
The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for the expected credit losses on contact assets. 
An impairment loss of £656,000 has been recognised in relation to contract assets in the year (2023: loss £542,000). This is based on 
the expected credit loss under IFRS 9 of these types of assets. The contract asset loss is estimated at 2.8% (2023: loss 2.7%) of the 
balance.
Contract assets recognised under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract assets, as detailed in note 1.17. 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Contract asset value at 1 May 
20,388
17,239
Contract assets arising on acquisition 
-
-
Contract asset value added in the year 
24,759
22,333
Contract asset value realised in the year 
(21,604)
(19,184)
Contract asset value at 30 April 
23,543
20,388
The Group have applied ECLs to unbilled revenue in order to account for the potential default on amounts not yet billed to the client. 
The ECLs have been calculated on the same basis as those applied to trade receivables.
Contract liabilities
When matters are billed in advance or on a basis of a monthly retainer, this is recognised in contract liabilities and released over time 
when the services are performed.
Contract liabilities recognised under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract liabilities.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Contract liabilities at 1 May 
499
569
Contract liabilities gained in the year
879
469
Contract liabilities credited to P&L in year
(969)
(539)
Contract liabilities at 30 April 
409
499
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
115
114
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
20. Trade and other receivables
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Amounts falling due within one year:
Trade receivables
58,056
54,167
Prepaid consideration subject to earn-out service conditions
6,717
6,015
Prepayments
7,249
5,777
Other receivables including insurance receivables
2,083
233
74,105
66,192
£’000
£’000
Amounts falling due after one year:
Prepaid consideration subject to earn-out service conditions
8,368
7,080
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised when a bill has been issued to the client, as this is the point in time that the consideration is 
unconditional because only the passage of time is required before the payment is due. Trade receivables also includes disbursements.
Bills are payable within thirty days unless otherwise agreed with the client.
All trade receivables are repayable within one year.
Movement in loss allowance 
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Brought forward provision
(3,825)
(3,941)
Recognition of provisions for businesses acquired
-
-
Provision utilised
1,187
908
Charged to statement of profit and loss
(1,062)
(984)
Provisions released
443
192
(3,257)
(3,825)
The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for the expected credit losses under IFRS 9. Management have also elected to 
apply an uplift to the IFRS 9 provision in the current year to account for the specific risks in the subsidiary entities where the application 
of IFRS 9 alone is not considered appropriate. 
2024
Not passed
due 
Past due
 0-30 days 
Past due 
31-120 days 
Past due
greater than
120 days 
Total
Expected credit loss rate 
2.32%
2.53%
2.69%
14.86%
Estimated total gross carrying amount £’000
35,813
6,777
4,343
14,380
61,313
Lifetime ECL £’000
831
172
117
2,137
3,257
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued
2023
Not passed
due 
Past due
 0-30 days 
Past due 
31-120 days 
Past due
greater than
120 days 
Total
Expected credit loss rate 
2.98%
4.93%
5.96%
17.58%
Estimated total gross carrying amount £’000
33,175
6,594
5,943
12,280
57,992
Lifetime ECL £’000
987
325
354
2,159
3,825
The carrying amount of financial assets (including contract assets but not including equity investments) recorded in the financial 
statements, which is net of any impairment losses, represents the Group’s maximum expected exposure to credit risk. Financial assets 
include client and other receivables and cash. The Group does not hold collateral over these balances.
All the Group’s trade and other receivables have been reviewed for indicators of impairment. The specifically impaired trade receivables 
are mostly due to customers experiencing financial difficulties.
An impairment loss of £1,062,000 has been recognised in relation to trade receivables in the year (2023: £984,000). This is based on 
the expected credit loss under IFRS 9 of these types of assets. The trade receivables loss is estimated at 1.7% (2023: 1.7%) of the 
balance.
21. Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings
The contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, which are measured at amortised cost are described 
below. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency risk, see note 27.
2024
2023
Fair
value
£’000
Carrying
amount
£’000
Fair
value
£’000
Carrying
amount
£’000
Non-Current liabilities
Bank borrowings
12,908
12,908
6,813
6,813
On 18 April 2022, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Facility which provides total committed funding of £30m until 
April 2025. Interest is payable at a margin of 1.95% above the SONIA reference rate. A commitment fee of one third of the applicable 
margin is payable on the undrawn amounts. 
As at 30 April 2024, the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities have contractual maturities (including interest payments where 
applicable) as summarised below:
Current
Non-current
30 April 2024
Within 
6 months
£’000
6 to 
12 months
£’000
1 – 5 
years
£’000
Later than
5 years
£’000
Bank borrowings
-
14,133
-
-
Leases
2,721
2,720
19,855
7,926
Trade and other payables
12,839
-
-
-
Total
15,560
16,853
19,855
7,926

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
117
116
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
This compares to the maturity of the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities in the previous reporting period as follows:
Current
Non-current
30 April 2023
Within 
6 months
£’000
6 to 
12 months
£’000
1 – 5 
years
£’000
Later than
5 years
£’000
Bank borrowings
-
-
7,997
-
Leases
2,044
2,044
19,219
11,437
Trade and other payables
9,665
1,364
-
-
Total
11,709
3,408
27,216
11,437
The above amounts reflect the contractual undiscounted cash flows, which may differ to the carrying values of the liabilities at the 
reporting date.
22.	Trade and other payables
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Current
Trade payables
12,839
9,370
Other taxation and social security payable
8,143
9,913
Other payables
-
295
Contingent consideration treated as remuneration
324
1,364
Accruals
11,397
4,492
Contract liabilities
409
499
33,112
25,933
23. Deferred tax 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarised below:
Deferred tax asset
The deferred tax asset recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the future tax impact of issued share 
based payments schemes that are yet to vest.
Share-based payments
£’000
At 1 May 2022
638
Credited during the year in the Consolidated income statement
590
Debited during the year to retained earnings
(398)
At 1 May 2023
830
Debited during the year in the Consolidated income statement 
(114)
Debited during the year to retained earnings 
(343)
At 30 April 2024
373
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued
Deferred tax liability 
The deferred tax liability recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position represents the future tax impact of the Group’s 
benefit from customer lists obtained through acquisitions.
Customer lists
£’000
At 1 May 2022
3,089
Arising through business combinations – Symbiosis IP Limited
250
Credited during the year in the Consolidated income statement 
(398)
At 30 April 2023
2,941
Arising through business combinations – Gateley RJA Limited
831
Credited during the year in the Consolidated income statement 
(804)
At 30 April 2024
2,968
24. Provisions
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Current provision
Professional indemnity provision 
175
107
Total current provision
175
107
Non-current provision 
Professional indemnity provision 
3,088
903
Dilapidations provision 
637
387
Total non-current provision
3,725
1,290
Total provisions 
3,900
1,397
Professional indemnity estimated claim cost
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Brought forward
1,010
750
Provisions made during the year
2,253
350
Provisions reversed during the year
-
(90)
At end of year
3,263
1,010
Non-current
3,088
903
Current
175
107
3,263
1,010
The Group from time to time receives claims in respect of alleged professional negligence which it defends where appropriate but 
makes provision for the best estimate of probable amounts considered likely to be payable as set out above. Inevitably, these estimates 
depend on the outcome and timing of future events and may need to be revised as circumstances change. A different assessment of 
the likely outcome in each case or of the probable cost involved may result in a different level of provision recognised. Professional 
indemnity Insurance cover is maintained in respect of professional negligence claims. 

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
119
118
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Dilapidations provision
The Group has leases for a number of offices, some of which include dilapidation clauses. The Group maintains the office buildings 
throughout each lease term with regular maintenance, however a cost is likely to arise at the end of the lease term in order to return 
the space to its original condition. Management have therefore elected to introduce a dilapidations provision to account for the future 
cost. The provision is based on management’s estimate of the total costs across all applicable lease to be recognised on a straight line 
basis over the total lease terms.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
At 1 May 
387
214
Provision made in the year 
250
173
At 30 April
637
387
25. Net debt
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
16,674
11,105
Debt
Total loans brought forward
(38,786)
(34,641)
Revolving credit facility 
(6,095)
(1,098)
New lease liability in the year 
(1,642)
(7,597)
Repayment of lease liability
5,091
4,550
Total loan carried forward 
(41,432)
(38,786)
Brought forward from previous year
(27,681)
(18,536)
Movement during year
2,923
(9,145)
Net debt at the year end
(24,758)
(27,681)
The changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities can be classified as follows:
Long term 
borrowings
£’000
Short term 
borrowings
£’000
Lease 
liabilities
£’000
Total
£’000
1 May 2023
6,813
-
31,973
38,786
Cashflows:
Repayments
(5,000)
-
(5,091)
(10,091)
Receipt of revolving credit facility
11,000
-
-
11,000
Non-cash
Reclassification to short term borrowings 
-
-
-
-
Loan arrangement fee unwind 
95
-
-
95
New lease liability in the year 
-
-
1,642
1,642
Reclassification to short term borrowings 
(12,908)
12,908
-
-
30 April 2024
-
12,908
28,524
41,432
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued
Long term 
borrowings
£’000
Short term 
borrowings
£’000
Lease 
liabilities
£’000
Total
£’000
1 May 2022
5,715
-
28,926
34,641
Cashflows:
Repayments
(2,000)
-
(4,550)
(6,550)
Receipt of revolving credit facility
3,000
-
-
3,000
Non-cash
Fair value on acquisition 
98
-
-
98
New lease liability in the year 
-
-
7,597
7,597
30 April 2023
6,813
-
31,973
38,786
26. Share capital
Authorised, issued and fully paid
2024
2024
2023
2023
Number
£
Number
£
Ordinary shares of 10p each
Brought forward
126,636,157
12,663,615
124,556,879
12,455,687
Issued on acquisition of Richard Julian and Associates 
Limited
1,192,163
119,216
-
-
Issued as part of contingent consideration of 
Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited
1,661,790
166,179
-
-
Issued on acquisition of Symbiosis IP Limited
-
-
523,012
52,301
Issued as part of contingent consideration of 
Tozer Gallagher LLP
-
-
25,071
2,507
Issued on vesting of RSA Plan
790,131
79,013
1,175,000
117,500
Issued on vesting of SAYE 
1,591,555
159,156
356,195
35,620
Issued on vesting of LTIP
727,790
72,779
Issued on vesting of CSOPS
438,263
43,826
-
-
At 30 April 
133,037,849
13,303,784
126,636,157
12,663,615
The Company has one class of Ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income. Each share has full rights in respect to voting.
On 19 July 2023 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Richard Julian and Associates Limited in part for the issue of 
1,192,163 10p ordinary shares.
On 2 November 2023 the Company issued 1,661,790 10p ordinary shares to satisfy the contingent consideration on the acquisition of 
Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited.
Between 1 May 2023 and 30 April 2024 1,591,555 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2019/2020 SAYE schemes to 
participants. 
On 27 September 2023 727,790 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2020 LTIP scheme to participants.
On 21 September 2023 790,131 10p ordinary shares were issued upon issue of the FY24 RSA Plan to participants.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
121
120
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
27. Financial instruments and related disclosures
Financial risk management
The board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. A formal process for reviewing and 
managing risk in the business has been developed. A register of strategic and operational risk is maintained and reviewed by the board, 
who also monitor the status of agreed actions to mitigate key risks.
Management’s objective in managing financial risks is to ensure the long-term sustainability of the Group.
As the Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash, client receivables and unbilled revenue, the main risks are those that 
relate to credit in regard to receivables and contract assets.
Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that the counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. 
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables.
The Group continuously monitors the credit quality of customers and risk attributable to specific debts. The Group’s policy is to deal 
only with credit worthy counterparties, with standard credit terms being 30 days. The credit terms as negotiated with customers are 
subject to close monitoring and internal approval. The ongoing credit risk is managed through regular review of ageing analysis.
Trade receivables across the Group have been assessed with regard to credit risk characteristics which vary across segmental reporting 
lines according to the nature of the industry, size and financial position of the counterparty. The Group also considers days past due in 
making this assessment as well as historical credit losses experienced within over a period of 12 months before 30 April 2024.
The expected loss rates derived from this assessment are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information affecting the 
ability of the customers to settle the receivables. The Group has a policy of performing credit checks and the large spread of reputable 
clients ensures there are no unacceptable concentrations of credit risk. 
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for 
all trade receivables and contract assets.
The board considers financial instruments where contractual payments are significantly past due on a monthly basis to determine the 
risk of default. As part of this process and financial instruments that have had a significant increase in credit risk are identified. For 
these purposes default is considered to be where the counterparty to the financial instrument fails to fulfil part or all of their financial 
obligation. The Group will consider a financial asset to be credit impaired based on both the age of the item and specific knowledge 
held by the fee earner in relation to the client’s ability and intention to meet their obligations. 
The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread over a large number of counterparties and customers.
In circumstances where fee earners and the board find sufficient indicators that there is no longer reasonable expectation of recovery, 
the amounts are written off.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group ensures that it has 
sufficient cash or loan facilities to meet all its commitments when they fall due by ensuring that there is sufficient cash or working 
capital facilities to meet the cash requirements of the Group.
Gateley Plc is financed through a combination of unsecured bank loans together with cash generated from operations. The board 
reviews the projected financing requirements annually when agreeing the Group’s budget and, based on this review, sets the value of 
the future capital requirements of the business. The cash flow forecast for the entire Group is updated regularly and compared to the 
budget with any significant variance being reported to the board. 
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group’s income. 
The Group’s exposure to market risk predominantly relates to interest and currency risk. Management does not consider this to be a 
significant risk to the Group on the grounds of materiality.
Interest rate risk
The Group’s bank borrowings incur variable interest rate charges linked to SONIA plus a margin. Management do not consider this to 
be a significant risk to the Group. See page 116 for further analysis.
Foreign currency risk
The Group has an overseas operation based in Dubai and another in the Republic of Ireland which, therefore, exposes the Group to 
changes in Sterling/Dirhams and Sterling/Euro exchange rates. Management does not consider this to be a significant risk to the Group 
due to the total value of transactions conducted in Dubai and the Republic of Ireland.
Fair value disclosures
The fair value of each class of financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount, based on the following assumptions:
Trade receivables, trade payables, short term 
deposits and borrowings
The fair value approximates to the carrying value because of the short maturity of 
these instruments.
Long-term borrowings
The fair value of bank loans and other loans approximates to the carrying value 
reported in the statement of financial position.
Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value should be measured with reference to the following levels:
•	
Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
•	
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
•	
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are as follows (there is no difference between the carrying value of the financial assets 
and liabilities and their fair value):
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Quoted investments
275
147
Cash and cash equivalents
16,674
11,105
Contract assets
23,621
20,388
Trade receivables at amortised cost
58,056
54,167
Total financial assets
98,626
85,807
Trade and other payables
(21,385)
(15,521)
Current borrowings
(12,908)
-
Current financial liabilities
(34,293)
(15,521)
Long-term borrowings
-
(6,813)
Other payables due after more than one year
-
-
Total financial liabilities
(34,293)
(22,334)
Financial assets contain trade receivables and unbilled revenue whereas financial liabilities contain trade payables, other payables, 
contingent consideration and accruals.
Measurement of fair value of financial instruments 
The Group performs valuations of financial items for financial reporting purposes, in consultation with third party valuation specialists 
for complex valuations. Valuation techniques are selected based on the characteristics of each instrument, with the overall objective 
of maximising the use of market-based information. The only instruments held at fair value are quoted investments and as these are 
immaterial to the financial statements no further disclosures have been made in respect of the specific valuation techniques used.
Financial instruments sensitivity analysis
In managing interest rate and currency risks, the Group aims to reduce the impact of short term fluctuations on its earnings. At the end 
of each reporting period, the effect of hypothetical changes in interest and currency rates are as follows:
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
123
122
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The table below shows the Group’s sensitivity to interest rates on floating rate borrowings (i.e. cash and cash equivalents and bank 
borrowings which attract interest at floating rates) if interest rates were to change by +/- 1%. The impact on the results in the 
statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income and equity would be:
2024
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit and loss
£’000
2023
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit and loss
£’000
+1 % movement in interest rates
130
70
-1 % movement in interest rates
(130)
(70)
The group’s borrowing facility consists solely of a revolving credit facility which provides committed funding of £30m until April 2025. 
Foreign exchange rate sensitivity analysis
The Group had the following net currency denominated financial instruments at year end:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Net currency
112
359
The effect of foreign currency fluctuations on the financial statements is immaterial.
28. Capital commitments
There were no capital commitments at 30 April 2024 (2023: £nil)
29. Lease liabilities – IFRS 16
The Group has leases for offices, vehicles and some IT equipment, with the exception of short-term leases and leases of low-value assets each 
lease is held on the balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability. Property leases have a remaining term of one to ten 
years. Leases of vehicles and IT equipment have a term of three to five years. Lease payments on all those recognised on the balance sheet are 
fixed. Unless there is a contractual right for the Group to sublet the asset to a third party, the right of use asset can only be used by the Group. 
The table below provides additional information on the right-of-use assets by class of assets:
Number of 
leased assets*
Average 
length of lease 
remaining 
Opening lease 
asset 
£’000
Net additions 
£’000
Depreciation
£’000
Closing lease 
asset
£’000
Office buildings 
12
4.5 years 
27,088
-
(3,849)
23,239 
IT equipment
1
 0 years
9
-
(9)
-
Electric vehicles
13
2.4 years
-
472
(90)
382
* Where properties within the same building are leased on a floor by floor basis on the same contractual terms, the Group has elected to treat these as a portfolio and are 
counted as a single leased asset within the table 
Lease liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Current lease liability
4,346
3,257
Non-current lease liability 
24,178
28,716
A number of property leases held by the Group include break or termination options. The lease liability has been calculated based on 
the likelihood of such option being exercised. An option would only be exercised when in line with the Group’s wider strategy.
In line with IFRS 16 Leases the Group has elected not to recognise a lease liability for leases with a term of 12 months or less, or for 
leases of low value assets. The payments made under such leases are expensed to the profit and loss on a straight-line basis. Any 
variable lease payments incurred are expensed as incurred.
The table below shows amounts recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income for short term and low value leases as at 
30 April 2024:
Property
£’000
Equipment
£’000
Total
£’000
Expenses relating to short-term leases
116
16
132
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term 
leases of low value assets
-
60
60
116
76
192
The total minimum undiscounted lease payments at 30 April 2024 under non-cancellable operating lease rentals were:
30 April 2024
£’000
30 April 2023
£’000
Within one year
5,441
4,088
In the second to fifth year inclusive
19,855
19,219
After five years
7,926
11,437
33,222
34,744
30. Related parties
Gateley Plc entered into a lease agreement for the Leicester office, in which some of the directors have a beneficial interest. The annual 
rent charge under the lease is £60,000 (2023: £120,000) and the amounts outstanding at the year-end are £nil (2023: £nil). 
Compensation paid to key management personnel
At the year end, Directors of Gateley (Holdings) Plc control 1.64% (2023: 3.40%) of the voting shares of the Company. 
The key management personnel comprise the Strategic Board on the basis that they make any final key decisions.
Short term compensation paid to key management personnel during the year totalled £3.597m (2023: £3.155m).
Short term remuneration to key management personnel is included in personnel costs and analysed as follows:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Wages and salaries
3,166
2,754
Social security
431
401
Pension costs
-
-
3,597
3,155
31. Pensions
The Group participates in a defined contribution scheme operated by Aegon UK Plc, the assets of which are held separately from the 
Group. The amounts charged to the profit and loss account in respect of this scheme represent contributions payable in respect of 
the accounting year. The total annual pension cost for the defined contribution scheme was £3,159,992 (2023: £2,839,162) and the 
outstanding balance at the year end was £74,268 (2023: £54,216).
32. Post balance sheet events 
The Directors are not aware of any material post balance sheet events.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
125
124
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Note
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Non-current assets
Investments
5
47,727
40,155
Total non-current assets
47,727
40,155
Current assets
Other receivables
6
28,373
22,309
Cash and cash equivalents
379
-
Total current assets
28,752
22,309
Total assets
76,479
62,464
Non-current liabilities 
Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings
8
-
(6,813)
Total non-current liabilities 
-
(6,813)
Current liabilities
Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings
8
(12,908)
-
Other payables
7
(561)
(1,501)
Total current liabilities
(13,469)
(1,501)
Total liabilities
(13,469)
(8,314)
Net assets
63,010
54,150
Equity
Share capital
9
13,304
12,664
Share premium
35
11,846
Other reserves
19,383
15,413
Share based payment reserve
7,599
5,913
Retained earnings
22,689
8,314
Total equity 
63,010
54,150
Under section s408 of the Companies Act 2006 the company is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and loss 
account. The profit for the year to 30 April 2024 was £12,980,000 (2023: £13,391,000). 
These financial statements were approved by the directors on 15 July 2024 and were signed and authorised on their behalf by:
	
Rodrick R Waldie	
Neil A Smith
Chief Executive Officer	
	
Chief Financial Officer
Company registered number: 09310078. 
The accompanying notes on pages 127 to 136 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Parent company statement of financial position
at 30 April 2024
Parent company statement of changes in equity
for year ended 30 April 2024
Share 
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Share 
based 
payment 
reserve
£’000
Other
reserves
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Total 
Equity
£’000
At 1 May 2022 
12,456
11,342
4,813
14,465
5,927
49,003
Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
13,391
13,391
Total comprehensive income
-
-
-
-
13,391
13,391
Transactions with owners:
Dividend paid
-
-
-
-
(11,004)
(11,004)
Issue of share capital 
208
504
-
948
-
1,660
Share based payment transactions
-
-
1,100
-
-
1,100
Total equity at 30 April 2023 
12,664
11,846
5,913
15,413
8,314
54,150
At 1 May 2023 
12,664
11,846
5,913
15,413
8,314
54,150
Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
12,980
12,980
Total comprehensive income
-
-
-
-
12,980
12,980
Transactions with owners:
Dividend paid
-
-
-
-
(12,335)
(12,335)
Issue of share capital 
640
1,919
-
3,970
-
6,529
Cancellation of share premium account
(13,730)
-
-
13,730
-
Share based payment transactions
-
-
1,686
-
-
1,686
Total equity at 30 April 2024
13,304
35
7,599
19,383
22,689
63,010
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:
Share premium – Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.
Other reserves – Represents the difference between the actual and nominal value of shares issued by the company in the acquisition 
of subsidiaries.
Share based payment reserve – Represents the accumulated share based payment charge and is not distributable.
Retained earnings – All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recognised anywhere else.
The accompanying notes on pages 127 to 136 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
127
126
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Parent company notes to the financial statements
For the period ended 30 April 2024
(forming part of the financial statements)
1. Basis of preparation and material accounting policies
Gateley (Holdings) Plc (the “Company”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in the UK under the Companies Act. The nature 
of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the strategic report.
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting standards and with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The accounting policies set out 
below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial statements.
Judgements made by the Directors, in the application of these accounting policies that have significant effect on the financial 
statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are discussed in note 13 below.
The individual financial statements of the Company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it 
operates (its functional currency). For the purposes of the financial statements, the results and financial position of the company are 
expressed in GBP, which is the functional and presentational currency of the Company.
Measurement convention
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except where Adopted IFRSs require an alternative treatment. 
The principal variations relate to financial instruments which are carried at fair value.
1.1 Going concern
See full explanation on page 246 of the Strategic Report.
Having reviewed the Company’s forecasts, which includes an analysis of both short term cash flow forecasts and longer term cash 
flow forecasts, the risk and uncertainties surrounding the current and future demand for legal services, and other reasonably possible 
variations in trading performance, the Company expects to be able to operate within the Company’s financing facilities and in 
accordance with the covenants set out in those facility agreements.
Sensitivity analysis has been performed in respect of specific scenarios which could negatively impact our future performance such 
as lower levels of revenue growth, lower than forecast receipts of cash, and reduced levels of gross margin expansion. In addition, the 
Directors have also considered mitigating actions such as lower capital expenditure and other short-term cash management activities 
within the Company’s control. On this basis, the Directors have a reasonable basis to conclude that the Company is forecast to 
continue to trade in line with existing financing facilities for the foreseeable future and at least 12 months from the approval of these 
financial statements.
Accordingly the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.
1.2 Classification of financial instruments issued by the Company
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions: 
(a)	 they include no contractual obligations upon the Company to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets 
or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Company; and 
(b)	 where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes 
no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the 
Company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.
To the extent that this definition is not met, the financial instruments are classified as a financial liability. 
Note
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
12,985
13,391
Interest expense
1,051
462
(Decrease)/Increase in liabilities
(940)
66
Increase in other receivables
(1,875)
(4,655)
Net cash flows from operating activities
11,221
9,264
Investing activities
Initial consideration paid on acquisitions
(2,035)
-
Earn-out consideration paid - acquisition of subsidiary
(3,790)
-
Net cash used in investing activities
(5,825)
-
Financing activities
Receipt of funds for issue of SAYE/RSA Plan/COP/LTIP shares
2,274
610
Receipt of revolving credit facility 
8
6,000
1,000
Interest paid
(956)
(309)
Dividends paid
(12,335)
(11,004)
Net cash used in financing activities
(5,017)
(9,703)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
379
(439)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
-
439
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
379
-
The accompanying notes on pages 127 to 136 form an integral part of these financial statements. 
Parent company cash flow statement
for year ended 30 April 2024

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
129
128
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Parent company notes to the financial statements 
continued
1.5 Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the 
extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income. Current tax 
is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted 
at the statement of financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition 
of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of 
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.
A deferred tax asset is recognised on deductible temporary differences only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits 
will be available against which they can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.
1.6 Ordinary dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.
1.7 New and revised IFRS in issue but not yet effective
There have been no changes to international accounting standards this year that have a material impact on the Company’s results. 
No forthcoming new international accounting standards are expected to have a material impact on the financial statements of the 
Company. 
2. Expenses
Audit fees in relation to the audit of these accounts of £10,000 (2023: £10,000) have been borne by Gateley Plc. The company does 
not have any employees (2023: Nil).
3. Investment income
Intercompany dividends to the Company have been received from other Group entities as detailed below:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 25 April 2023
-
8,600
Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 3 February 2023
-
350
Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 31 October 2022
-
4,500
Dividend received from Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited – 19 October 2022
-
200
Dividend received from Gateley Vinden Limited – 19 October 2022
-
350
Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 23 October 2023
1,000
-
Dividend received from Gateley RJA Limited – 16 November 2023
600
-
Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 12 February 2024
3,900
-
Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 30 April 2024
8,600
-
14,100
14,000
1.3 Non derivative financial instruments
Financial Assets
The Company’s financial assets include cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables. All financial assets are recognised 
when the Company becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
i) Investments
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provision for any impairment in value.
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated as fixed asset investments, at cost less amounts written off for impairment with 
any subsequent year adjustments stated directly into the profit and loss account. Investments are reviewed for impairment where 
events or circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. In some instances investments are subject to 
contingent consideration, this is included in the cost of investment. The amount of contingent consideration due is assessed regularly 
by management based on actual and forecast performance. Any changes to contingent consideration due are recognised within the 
statement of profit and loss. Cost of investment also includes share-based payment charges of equity settled share based payment 
schemes to be settled on behalf of subsidiary companies.
ii) Other receivables
Other receivables (except unbilled amounts for client work) are initially recognised at their transaction value and carried at amortised 
cost under IFRS 9.
In line with IFRS 9, the Company recognises any expected credit loss against trade receivables in order to recognise the inherent risk 
that the Company may not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. The amount of the 
provision recorded is based on a broad range of information including past events, current conditions and forecasts of the future cash 
flows of the asset and is recognised in the statement of profit and loss in other operating expenses.
iii) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks. For the purpose of the cash flow statement, 
cash and cash equivalents includes bank overdrafts in addition to the definition above.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. 
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all its liabilities.
The Company’s financial liabilities comprise borrowings and contingent consideration treated as remuneration. All financial liabilities 
are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method with the 
exception of contingent consideration that is measured at fair value through profit or loss.
1.4 Impairment
Financial assets (including receivables)
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is 
objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss scenario is likely to occur 
after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event has a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset 
that can be estimated reliably.
An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying 
amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Interest on 
the impaired asset continues to be recognised through the unwinding of the discount. When a subsequent event causes the amount 
of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.
Under IFRS 9 the Group recognises expected credit losses (ECLs) on receivables through application of the simplified method. The 
amount of the provision recorded is based on a broad range of information including past events, current conditions and forecasts 
of the future cash flows of the asset. 

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
131
130
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Registered office
Ordinary share 
proportion held
Nature of business
Thomas Alexander Holdings Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Intermediate holding company
Austen Hays Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Legal services
TVP Holdings Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Intermediate holding company
SP 2018 Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Intermediate holding company
Smithers Purslow Group Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Intermediate holding company
Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Architecture, building 
surveyance and civil & 
structural engineering
Byrom Clark Roberts Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Dormant
Ainsley Stokes Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Architecture, building 
surveyance and civil & 
structural engineering
Adamson Jones IP Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ 
100%
Patent attorney
Symbiosis IP Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ 
100%
Patent attorney
Gateley RJA Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Quantity surveyors 
Gateley EBT Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Employee benefit trust
Gateley Investments Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Corporate investment 
company
Ensco Trustee Company Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Corporate trustee company
Gateley Secretaries Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Non-trading
Gateley Incorporations Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Non-trading
Gateley Custodian and Nominee Services 
Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Non-trading
Gateley Custodian and Nominee Services 
No.2 Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Non-trading
Gateley Omega Limited (formerly Ensco 
1413 Limited)
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Non-trading
Gateley Trust Corporation Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
100%
Non-trading
4. Taxation
The Company’s profit for the year arises from the receipt of intercompany dividends and the issuance of new shares to Gateley 
EBT Limited, which are not chargeable to corporation tax. As a result, no provision for corporation tax is needed in these financial 
statements.
5. Investments
£’000
At 1 May 2022 
33,623
Share based payment charge
1,100
Capital contribution in respect of acquisition related remuneration
5,432
Balance at 30 April 2023 
40,155
At 1 May 2023 
40,155
Share based payment charge
1,686
Capital contribution in respect of acquisition related remuneration
5,886
Balance at 30 April 2024
47,727
Investments in subsidiaries
The Company has effective control of the following:
Registered office
Ordinary share 
proportion held
Nature of business
Gateley Plc
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Legal services
Entrust Pension Limited
Ship Canal House 98, King Street, 
Manchester, M2 4WU
100%
Pension trustee services
Gateley Capitus Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Tax incentive services
Gateley Hamer Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Specialist property 
consultancy
Kiddy & Partners Limited 
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Human capital consultancy 
Gateley Global Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
UK Investment consultancy 
T-Three Consulting Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Human capital consultancy 
Gateley Vinden Limited*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Corporate advisory, dispute 
resolution and consultancy to 
the built environment in the 
property and construction 
markets
GEG Services Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
UK Investment services 
provider
Matsa Holdings Limited
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ
100%
Intermediate holding company
Parent company notes to the financial statements 
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
133
132
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
7. Other payables
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Contingent consideration treated as remuneration due in one year
324
1,364
Other payables
237
137
561
1,501
8. Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings
The contractual terms of the Company’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, which are measured at amortised cost, are described 
below. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency risk, see note 27.
2024
2023
Fair
value
£’000
Carrying
amount
£’000
Fair
value
£’000
Carrying
amount
£’000
Non-Current liabilities
Bank borrowings
12,908
12,908
6,813
6,813
On 18 April 2022, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility which provides total committed funding of £30m until April 
2025. Interest is payable at a margin of 1.95% above the SONIA reference rate. A commitment fee of one third of the applicable margin 
is payable on the undrawn amounts.
As at 30 April 2024, the Company’s non-derivative financial liabilities have contractual maturities (including interest payments where 
applicable) as summarised below:
30 April 2024
Current
Non-current
Within 6 
months
£’000
6 to 12 
months
£’000
1 – 5
years
£’000
Later than 
5 years
£’000
Other payables
-
561
-
-
Bank borrowings
-
14,133
-
-
Total
-
14,694
-
-
This compares to the maturity of the Company’s non-derivative financial liabilities in the previous reporting period as follows:
30 April 2023
Current
Non-current
Within 6 
months
£’000
6 to 12 
months
£’000
1 – 5
years
£’000
Later than 
5 years
£’000
Other payables
-
1,364
-
-
Bank borrowings
-
-
7,997
-
Total
-
1,364
7,997
-
The above amounts reflect the contractual undiscounted cash flows, which may differ to the carrying values of the liabilities at the 
reporting date.
Registered office
Controlling  
interest held
Nature of business
Gateley UK LLP**
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ 
100%
Legal services via a branch in 
Dubai
Gateley (NI) LLP***
Imperial House, 4-10 Donegall 
Square East, Belfast, Northern 
Ireland, BT1 5HD
n/a
Legal services in Northern 
Ireland
Victoria Louise Garrad and Richard Julian 
Healey trading as Gateley Ireland***
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ
n/a
Legal Services in Ireland
Gateley Heritage LLP*
One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ 
100%
Non-trading
*	
these investments are indirectly held at the year end.
**	
certain Directors of Gateley (Holdings) Plc and Gateley Plc as individuals are members of this entity, although effective control is held by Gateley (Holdings) Plc via 
a trust holding arrangement.
***	
These entities are related entities of Gateley Plc since the majority of its Members are also board members of Gateley Plc. In substance they are controlled by Gateley 
Plc and so their results are included in the consolidated results of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. In accordance with local governance regulations, direct ownership in Gateley 
(NI) LLP and Gateley Ireland (a partnership in Ireland) is not permitted however both entities will be recognised as subsidiary undertakings of Gateley Plc under 
section 1162(4) of the Companies Act 2006 and thus subsidiary undertakings of the Group by virtue of section 1162(5) of the Companies Act 2006.
6. Other receivables
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Amounts falling due within one year:
Amounts owed from Gateley Plc
11,832
9,051
Amounts owed from Gateley EBT Limited
646
517
Amounts owed from Gateley Vinden Limited
50
50
Amounts owed from Adamson Jones IP Limited
2,000
2,000
Prepaid consideration subject to earn-out service conditions
5,831
4,946
20,359
16,564
£’000
£’000
Amounts falling due after one year:
Prepaid consideration subject to earn-out service conditions
8,014
5,745
8,014
5,745
All intercompany receivables are anticipated to be due within one year and repayable on demand. No interest is charged 
on intercompany balances repayable on demand. 
The Directors are satisfied that no provisioning for impairment is required in respect of the receivables at 30 April 2024 (2023: £Nil)
The carrying amount of financial assets (excluding investments) recorded in these accounts, which is net of any impairment losses, 
represents the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk. Financial assets include amounts due from Gateley Plc. The Company does 
not hold collateral over these balances.
Parent company notes to the financial statements 
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
135
134
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company ensures that 
the Group has sufficient cash or loan facilities to meet all its commitments when they fall due by ensuring that there is sufficient cash 
or working capital facilities to meet the cash requirements of the Company.
Gateley Plc is financed through a combination of unsecured bank loans together with cash generated from operations. The board 
reviews the projected financing requirements annually when agreeing the Group’s budget and, based on this review, sets the value of 
the future capital requirements of the business. The cash flow forecast for the entire Group is updated regularly and compared to the 
budget with any significant variance being reported to the board.
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Company’s 
income. The Company’s exposure to market risk predominantly relates to interest and currency risk. Management does not consider 
this to be a significant risk to the Company.
Interest rate risk
The Company’s bank borrowings incur variable interest rate charges linked to SONIA plus a margin. Management do not consider this 
to be a significant risk to the Company or Group. See page 115 for further analysis.
Foreign currency risk
The Group has one overseas operation based in Dubai which, therefore, exposes the Group to changes in Sterling/ Dirhams exchange 
rates. Management does not consider this to be a significant risk to the Company or Group.
Fair value disclosures
The fair value of each class of financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount, based on the following assumptions:
Inter Group receivables
The fair value approximates to the carrying value because of the short maturity 
of these instruments.
There are no financial instruments carried at fair value within this financial information.
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are as follows (there is no difference between the carrying value of the financial assets 
and liabilities and their fair value):
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
379
-
Group receivables
14,528
11,618
Total financial assets
14,907
11,618
Current borrowings
(12,908)
-
Other payables
(561)
(1,501)
Current financial liabilities
(13,469)
(1,501)
Long-term borrowings
-
(6,813)
Other payables
-
(1,364)
Total non-current liabilities
-
(8,177)
Total financial liabilities
(13,469)
(9,678)
The Company itself does not have any exposure to foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure is detailed in note 27.
9. Capital and reserves
Authorised, issued and fully paid
2024
2024
2023
2023
Number
£
Number
£
Ordinary shares of 10p each
Brought forward
126,636,157
12,663,615
124,556,879
12,455,687
Issued on acquisition of Richard Julian and Associates 
Limited
1,192,163
119,216
-
-
Issued as part of contingent consideration of 
Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited
1,661,790
166,179
-
-
Issued on acquisition of Symbiosis IP Limited
-
-
523,012
52,301
Issued as part of contingent consideration of 
Tozer Gallagher LLP
-
-
25,071
2,507
Issued on vesting of LTIP
727,790
72,779
-
-
Issued on vesting of RSA Plan
790,131
79,013
1,175,000
117,500
Issued on vesting of SAYE 
1,591,555
159,156
356,195
35,620
Issued on vesting of CSOPS
438,263
43,826
-
-
At 30 April 
133,037,849
13,303,784
126,636,157
12,663,615
The Company has one class of Ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.
On 19 July 2023 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Richard Julian and Associates Limited in part for the issue 
of 1,192,163 10p ordinary shares.
On 2 November 2023 the Company issued 1,661,790 10p ordinary shares to satisfy the contingent consideration on the acquisition 
of Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited
Between 1 May 2023 and 30 April 2024 1,591,555 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2019/2020 SAYE schemes 
to participants. 
On 27 September 2023 727,790 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2020 LTIP scheme to participants
On 21 September 2023 790,131 10p ordinary shares were issued upon issue of the FY24 RSA Plan to participants.
10. Financial instruments and related disclosures
Financial risk management
The board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s risk management framework. A formal process for reviewing 
and managing risk in the business has been developed. A register of strategic and operational risk is maintained and reviewed by the 
board, who also monitor the status of agreed actions to mitigate key risks.
Management’s objective in managing financial risks is to ensure the long-term sustainability of the Company and Group.
As the Company’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and inter-group receivables. The main risks are those noted below:
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a subsidiary to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligation. 
The Company has a policy of monitoring subsidiaries who perform credit checks which together with the spread of reputable clients 
ensures there are no unacceptable concentrations of credit risk.
Parent company notes to the financial statements 
continued

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
137
136
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Financial instruments sensitivity analysis
In managing interest rate and currency risks, the Group aims to reduce the impact of short term fluctuations on its earnings. At the end 
of each reporting period, the effect of hypothetical changes in interest and currency rates are as follows:
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The table below shows the Company’s sensitivity to interest rates on floating rate borrowings (i.e. cash and cash equivalents and 
bank borrowings which attract interest at floating rates) if interest rates were to change by +/- 1%. The impact on the results in the 
statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income and equity would be:
2024
2023
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit 
and loss
£’000
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit 
and loss
£’000
+1 % movement in interest rates
130
70
-1 % movement in interest rates
(130)
(70)
The borrowing facility consists solely of a Revolving Credit Facility which provides committed funding of £30m until April 2025. 
11. Share based payments
Details of the Group’s share based payment schemes in operation are shown in note 8 of the Group financial statements. All shares are 
issued by Gateley (Holdings) Plc. 
12. Related parties
None of the Executive Directors received any remuneration from the Company during the year, other than dividend income. They are 
however remunerated by Gateley Plc, further details can be found in note 30 of the Group financial statements.
13. Accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of these financial statements under IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions which affect 
these financial statements. The key estimates and assumptions relate to the impairment assessment of investments. 
Impairment of investments (note 5)
The total carrying amount of investments is held net of impairment losses. In determining whether investments are impaired 
requires an estimation of the future value arising from a subsidiary or the trade and assets acquired with it. The value in use 
calculation requires an estimate of the future cash flows expected to arise from a subsidiary or cash generating unit and the use 
of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. Any change in estimates could result in an adjustment to recorded 
amounts. Management do not believe any impairment is necessary against the carrying value of its investments.
14. Contingent liability
A cross guarantee between the Company and Gateley Plc exists in respect of all loans and overdrafts. The value of the contingent 
liability at 30 April 2024 is £12,908,000 (2023: £6,813,000).
Parent company notes to the financial statements 
continued
Reconciliation of alternative performance measures 
Underlying profit before tax
The Directors seek to present a measure of underlying profit performance which is not impacted by exceptional items or 
items considered non-operational in nature. These include non-trading, non-cash and one-off items disclosed separately in the 
consolidated income statement where the quantum, nature or volatility of such items are considered by management to otherwise 
distort the underlying performance of the Group. This measure is described as ‘underlying’ and is used by management to assess 
and monitor profit performance only at the before and after tax level. In line with the board’s wish to simplify reporting of profits, 
the board have moved away from reporting adjusted Earnings Before Interest Tax Depreciation and Amortisation (“EBITDA”), 
following the introduction of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Reported profit before tax
13,955
16,212
Adjustments for non-underlying and exceptional items:
- Amortisation of intangible assets
2,483
2,073
- Share-based payment adjustment 
1,686
1,984
- Gain on bargain purchase 
(3,609)
(1,389)
- Consideration treated as remuneration 
6,956
6,190
- Exceptional items
1,563
-
Underlying profit before tax
23,034
25,070
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets is identified as a non-cash item released to the income statement therefore such cost 
is removed when considering the underlying trading performance of the Group by adding to profit the annual amortisation charge.
Consideration treated as remuneration: such charges are treated as non-underlying in order to reflect the commercial substance 
of the transaction. All former vendors who remain employed by the Group are paid at market rates and the earnout remuneration 
is a function of the interpretation of IFRS, and related emerging guidance only.
The adjustment for share-based payments relates to the impact of the accounting standard for share-based compensation. The 
cost of all share-based schemes is settled entirely by the issue of shares where the proportions can vary from one year to another 
based on events outside of the businesses control e.g., share price. Under IFRS the anticipated future share cost is expensed to the 
income statement over the vesting period. The adjustment above addresses this by adding to profit the IFRS 2 charge in relation 
to outstanding share awards. This adjustment is made so that non-cash expenses are removed from profit.
Underlying operating profit
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Reported operating profit
11,177
16,122
Adjustments for non-underlying and exceptional items:
- Amortisation of intangible assets
2,483
2,073
- Share-based payment adjustment 
1,686
1,984
- Gain on bargain purchase 
(3,609)
(1,389)
- Consideration treated as remuneration 
6,956
6,190
- Exceptional items
1,563
-
Underlying operating profit
20,256
24,980
Appendix

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
139
138
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Cash generated from operations
a) Free cash flows
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Net cash generated from operations
18,887
14,065
Repayment of lease liabilities
(5,091)
(4,579)
Net interest received
4,043
1,364
Tax paid
(4,902)
(4,320)
Cash outflow paid on acquisitions
5,825
1,518
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(1,045)
(1,312)
Purchase of other intangible assets
-
(787)
Free cash flows
17,717
5,949
b) Working capital measures
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
WIP days
Amounts recoverable from clients in respect of contract assets (unbilled revenue)
23,543
20,388
Unbilled disbursements
5,389
3,368
Total WIP
28,932
23,756
Annualised revenue
173,312
163,583
WIP days
61
53
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Debtor days
Trade receivables
58,056
54,167
Less unbilled disbursements
(5,389)
(3,368)
Total debtors
52,667
50,799
Annualised revenue
173,312
163,583
Debtor days
111
113
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Gross lock-up days
Total WIP
28,932
23,756
Total debtors
52,667
50,799
Total gross lock-up
81,599
74,555
Annualised revenue
173,312
163,583
Gross lock-up days
172
166
Annualised revenue reflects the total revenue for the previous 12-month period inclusive of pro-forma adjustments for acquisitions.
Appendix
continued
Notice of annual general meeting
NOTICE IS GIVEN that the Annual General Meeting of the above named Company will be held at One Eleven Edmund Street, Birmingham 
B3 2HJ on 23 September 2024 at 12:30 p.m. Shareholders will be asked to consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions 
of which resolutions 1 to 8 (inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and resolutions 9 to 12 (inclusive) will be proposed as 
special resolutions.
ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS
1.	
To receive the Company’s annual accounts for the financial year ended 30 April 2024 together with the directors’ report and the 
auditors’ report on those accounts.
2.	
To approve the directors’ remuneration report for the financial year ended 30 April 2024, which is set out in the Company’s 
annual report for the financial year ended 30 April 2024.
3.	
To declare a final dividend for the year ended 30 April 2024 of 6.2p per share payable in October 2024 to shareholders on the 
register of members at the close of business on 11 October 2024. The shares will go ex-dividend on 10 October 2024.
4.	
To reappoint Edward Knapp (who retires in accordance with article 23.4.2 of the Company’s articles of association and, being 
eligible, offers himself for re-election) as a director of the Company.
5.	
To reappoint Neil Andrew Smith (who retires in accordance with article 23.4.2 of the Company’s articles of association and, being 
eligible, offers himself for re-election) as a director of the Company.
6.	
To appoint MacIntyre Hudson LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office until the conclusion of the next Annual General 
Meeting of the Company.
7.	
To authorise the directors to fix the remuneration of the auditors of the Company.
8.	
THAT, in substitution for all existing and unexercised authorities and powers, the directors of the Company be generally and 
unconditionally authorised for the purpose of section 551 Companies Act 2006 (the Act) to exercise all or any of the powers 
of the Company to allot shares of the Company or to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares of 
the Company (such shares and rights being together referred to as Relevant Securities) up to an aggregate nominal value of 
£4,406,140.04 to such persons at such times and generally on such terms and conditions as the directors may determine (subject 
always to the articles of association of the Company), such authority, unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the 
Company in general meeting, to expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the 
close of business on 23 December 2025) save that the directors of the Company may, before the expiry of such period, make an 
offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities or equity securities (as the case may be) to be allotted after 
the expiry of such period and the directors of the Company may allot relevant securities or equity securities (as the case may be) 
in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the authority conferred by this resolution had not expired.
SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS
9.	
To adopt the articles of association that are produced to the Annual General Meeting, marked “X” and initialled by the Chairman 
for the purposes of identification, as the new articles of association of the Company in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, 
the existing articles of association with effect from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting.
10.	 THAT, if resolution 8 above is passed, and in substitution for all existing and unexercised authorities and powers, the directors 
of the Company be and are hereby generally and unconditionally empowered pursuant to section 570 of the Act to allot equity 
securities (as defined in section 560 of the Act) (Equity Securities) for cash under the authority given by that resolution 8 and/
or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such 
allotment or sale, such authority to be limited to:
	
10.1	 the allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares in connection with a rights issue or similar offer in favour of ordinary 
shareholders where the Equity Securities respectively attributable to the interests of all ordinary shareholders are proportionate 
(as nearly as may be) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on that date provided that the directors of 
the Company may make such exclusions or other arrangements to deal with any legal or practical problems under the laws of 
any territory or the requirement of any regulatory body or any stock exchange or with fractional entitlements as they consider 
necessary or expedient;

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
141
140
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
	
10.2	the allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraph 10.1 above) up to an 
aggregate nominal amount of £1,335,193.95 representing approximately 10% of the current share capital of the Company; 
and
	
10.3	the allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraphs 10.1 or 10.2 above) up to 
a nominal amount equal to 20% of any allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares from time to time under 
paragraph 10.2 above such authority to be used only for the purposes of making a follow-on offer which the directors 
determine to be of a kind contemplated by paragraph 3 of Section 2B of the Statement of Principles on Disapplying 
Pre‑Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice,
	
	
such authorities, unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting, to expire at the end of 
the next Annual General Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 23 December 2025) save that the 
directors of the Company may, before the expiry of such period, make an offer or agreement which would or might require 
Equity Securities to be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the expiry of such period and the directors of the 
Company may allot Equity Securities (and sell treasury shares) in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the authority 
conferred by this resolution had not expired.
11.	 THAT, if resolution 8 above is passed, and in addition to any authority granted under resolution 10 above, the directors of 
the Company be and are hereby generally and unconditionally empowered pursuant to section 570 of the Act to allot Equity 
Securities for cash under the authority given by that resolution 8 and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury 
shares for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment of Equity Securities, such authority to be:
	
11.1	limited to the allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares pursuant to the authority granted under resolution 
8 up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,335,193.95 representing approximately 10% of the current share capital of 
the Company used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within six months 
after the original transaction) a transaction which the directors of the Company determine to be an acquisition or other 
capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently 
published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice of Annual General Meeting of the Company; and
	
11.2	limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraph 11.1 above) up 
to a nominal amount equal to 20% of any allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares from time to time under 
paragraph 11.1 above used only for the purposes of making a follow-on offer which the directors determine to be of a kind 
contemplated by paragraph 3 of Section 2B of the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently 
published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice,
	
	
such authorities, unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting, to expire at the end of 
the next Annual General Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 23 December 2025) save that the 
directors of the Company may, before the expiry of such period, make an offer or agreement which would or might require 
Equity Securities to be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the expiry of such period and the directors of the 
Company may allot Equity Securities (and sell treasury shares) in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the authority 
conferred by this resolution had not expired.
Notice of annual general meeting
continued
12.	 THAT, for the purposes of section 701 of the Act, the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised to make market 
purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) of ordinary shares of £0.10 each in the capital of the Company 
(Ordinary Shares) provided that:
	
12.1	the maximum number of Ordinary Shares which may be purchased is 13,351,940 (representing 10% of the Company’s 
issued share capital);
	
12.2	the minimum price which may be paid for each Ordinary Share is £0.10;
	
12.3	the maximum price which may be paid for each Ordinary Share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle 
market quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived from the Daily Official List of The London Stock Exchange plc for the five 
business days immediately preceding the day on which the Ordinary Share in question is purchased;
	
12.4	unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting, to expire at the end of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 23 December 2025); and
	
12.5	the Company may make a contract or contracts to purchase Ordinary Shares under the authority conferred by this 
resolution prior to the expiry of such authority which contract or contracts will or maybe executed wholly or partly after the 
expiry of such authority, and may make a purchase of Ordinary Shares in pursuance of any such contract or contracts.
BY ORDER OF THE BOARD
Neil Andrew Smith, Secretary
Date: 
30 August 2024
Registered office: 
One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, B3 2HJ

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
143
142
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
NOTES:
Entitlement to Attend and Vote
1.	
To be entitled vote at the Meeting (and for the purposes of the determination by the Company of the votes that may be cast in 
accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertified Securities Regulations 2001), only those members registered in the Company’s 
register of members at close of business on 19 September 2024 (or, if the Meeting is adjourned, close of business on the date 
which is two business days before the adjourned Meeting) shall be entitled to vote at the Meeting. Changes to the register of 
members of the Company after the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to vote at the 
Meeting.
Voting on a poll
2.	
In line with best practice, voting at the meeting will be on a poll, rather than a show of hands. Each shareholder present at the 
meeting will be entitled to one vote for every Ordinary Share registered in his or her name and each corporate representative or 
proxy will be entitled to one vote for each Ordinary Share which he or she represents.
Website Giving Information Regarding the Meeting
3.	
Information regarding the Meeting, including the information required by Section 311A of the Act, is available from  
www.gateleyplc.com/investors.
Appointment of Proxies
4.	
If you are a member of the Company at the time set out in note 1 above, you are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any 
of your rights to attend, speak and vote at the Meeting. You can appoint a proxy only using the procedures set out in these notes 
and the notes to the proxy form.
5.	
A proxy does not need to be a member of the Company but must attend the Meeting to represent you. If you wish your proxy 
to speak on your behalf at the Meeting you will need to appoint your own choice of proxy (not the Chairman) and give your 
instructions directly to them.
6.	
You may appoint more than one proxy provided each proxy is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. You may 
not appoint more than one proxy to exercise rights attached to any one share. To appoint more than one proxy, please indicate 
on your proxy submission how many shares it relates to.
7.	
A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the 
resolution. If no voting indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting at his or her discretion. Your proxy will vote 
(or abstain from voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation to any other matter which is put before the Meeting.
Appointment of Proxy Using Hard Copy Proxy Form
8.	
A hard copy form of proxy has not been sent to you but you can request one directly from the registrars, Link Asset Services’ 
general helpline team on Tel: 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls 
outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 9:00 a.m. – 5:30 p.m., 
Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales. Or via email at shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk or via 
postal address at Link Group, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL. In the case of a member which is a company, 
the proxy form must be executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the company or an attorney for 
the company. Any power of attorney or any other authority under which the proxy form is signed (or a duly certified copy of such 
power or authority) must be included with the proxy form. For the purposes of determining the time for delivery of proxies, no 
account has been taken of any part of a day that is not a working day.
Appointment of a Proxy Online
9.	
You may submit your proxy electronically using the Share Portal service at www.signalshares.com. Shareholders can use this 
service to vote or appoint a proxy online. The same voting deadline of 48 hours (excluding non-working days) before the time of 
the meeting applies. Shareholders will need to use the unique personal identification Investor Code (IVC) printed on your share 
certificate. If you need help with voting online, please contact our Registrar, Link Asset Services’ portal team on 0371 664 0391. 
Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at 
the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 9:00 a.m. –5:30 p.m., Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in 
England and Wales. Or via email at shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk.
Notice of annual general meeting
continued
Appointment of Proxies Through Crest
10.	 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so 
for the Meeting and any adjournment(s) of it by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual (available from https://
www.euroclear.com/site/public/EUI). CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members 
who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will 
be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment made by means of CREST to be valid, 
the appropriate CREST message (a CREST Proxy Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK 
& International Limited’s (EUI) specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, as described in 
the CREST Manual. The message must be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID: RA10) by 12:30 p.m. on 
19 September 2024. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to 
the message by the CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST 
in the manner prescribed by CREST.
	
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that EUI does not make 
available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply 
in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the 
CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure 
that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time.
	
In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in 
particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. The Company 
may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5) (a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.
Appointment of Proxies Through Proxymity Voting
11.	 If you are an institutional investor you may also be able to appoint a proxy electronically via the Proxymity platform, a process which 
has been agreed by the Company and approved by the Registrar. For further information regarding Proxymity, please go to www.
proxymity.io. Your proxy must be lodged by 12:30 p.m. on 19 September 2024 in order to be considered valid or, if the meeting is 
adjourned, by the time which is 48 hours before the time of the adjourned meeting. Before you can appoint a proxy via this process 
you will need to have agreed to Proxymity’s associated terms and conditions. It is important that you read these carefully as you 
will be bound by them and they will govern the electronic appointment of your proxy. An electronic proxy appointment via the 
Proxymity platform may be revoked completely by sending an authenticated message via the platform instructing the removal of your 
proxy vote.
Appointment of Proxy by Joint Members
12.	 In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment 
submitted by the most senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders 
appear in the Company’s register of members in respect of the joint holding, the first-named being the most senior.
Changing Proxy Instructions
13.	 To change your proxy instructions simply submit a new proxy appointment using the methods set out above. Note that the 
cut-off times for receipt of proxy appointments (see above) also apply in relation to amended instructions; any amended proxy 
appointment received after the relevant cut-off time will be disregarded. Where you have appointed a proxy using the hard-copy 
proxy form and would like to change the instructions using another hard-copy proxy form, please contact Link Asset Services 
as per the communication methods shown in note 8. If you submit more than one valid proxy appointment, the appointment 
received last before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
145
144
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Notice of annual general meeting
continued
Termination of Proxy Appointments
14.	 In order to revoke a proxy instruction you will need to inform the Company by sending a signed hard copy notice clearly stating 
your intention to revoke your proxy appointment to Link Asset Services, at the address shown in note 8. In the case of a member 
which is a company, the revocation notice must be executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the 
company or an attorney for the company. Any power of attorney or any other authority under which the revocation notice 
is signed, or a duly certified copy of such power or authority, must be included with the revocation notice. The revocation 
notice must be received by Link Asset Services no later than 48 hours before the Meeting. If you attempt to revoke your proxy 
appointment but the revocation is received after the time specified then, subject to the paragraph directly below, your proxy 
appointment will remain valid. Appointment of a proxy does not preclude you from attending the Meeting and voting in person. 
If you have appointed a proxy and attend the Meeting in person, your proxy appointment will automatically be terminated.
Corporate Representatives
15.	 A corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise, on its behalf, all its 
powers as a member provided that no more than one corporate representative exercises powers over the same share.
Issued Shares and Total Voting Rights
16.	 As at 30 August 2024, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 133,519,395 Ordinary Shares. Each Ordinary Share carries 
the right to one vote at a General Meeting of the Company and, therefore, the total number of voting rights in the Company 
on 30 August 2024 was 133,519,395. The website referred to in note 3 will include information on the number of shares and 
voting rights.
Questions at the Meeting
17.	 Under Section 319A of the Act, the Company must answer any question you ask relating to the business being dealt with at the 
Meeting unless:
	
•	
answering the question would interfere unduly with the preparation for the Meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential 
information;
	
•	
the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or
	
•	
it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the Meeting that the question be answered.
Website Publication of Audit Concerns
18.	 Under Section 527 of the Act, shareholders meeting the threshold requirements set out in that section have the right to require 
the Company to publish on a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (i) the audit of the Company’s financial 
statements (including the Auditor’s Report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the Meeting; or (ii) any 
circumstances connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual 
financial statements and reports were laid in accordance with Section 437 of the Act (in each case) that the shareholders 
propose to raise at the relevant meeting. The Company may not require the shareholders requesting any such website publication 
to pay its expenses in complying with Sections 527 or 528 of the Act. Where the Company is required to place a statement on a 
website under Section 527 of the Act, it must forward the statement to the Company’s auditor not later than the time when it 
makes the statement available on the website. The business which may be dealt with at the Meeting for the relevant financial year 
includes any statement that the Company has been required under Section 527 of the Act to publish on a website.
Documents on Display
19.	 Copies of the letters of appointment of the directors of the Company and a copy of the proposed new articles of association 
of the Company, together with a copy of the existing articles of association of the Company marked to show the changes being 
proposed will be available for inspection at the registered office of the Company from the date of this notice until the end of 
the Meeting.
EXPLANATORY NOTES ON CERTAIN BUSINESS OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL 
MEETING
Resolution 8 – Directors’ power to allot relevant securities
Under section 551 of the Act, relevant securities may only be issued with the consent of the shareholders, unless the shareholders 
pass a resolution generally authorising the directors to issue shares without further reference to the shareholders. This resolution 
authorises the general issue of shares up to an aggregate nominal value of £4,406,140.04, which is equal to 33% of the nominal value 
of the current ordinary share capital of the Company. Unless previously revoked or varied, the authority will expire on the conclusion 
of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or on the date which is 15 months after the resolution being passed (whichever is 
the earlier).
Resolution 9 – Adoption of new articles of association
The directors are proposing that the Company adopts new articles of association to allow the Company to hold general meetings 
(including annual general meetings) as a physical meeting and/or (as the directors determine) as an electronic meeting (that is, by 
means of some form of electronic platform). 
The directors consider it prudent to obtain the flexibility to allow the Company to hold general meetings virtually. In the directors’ 
opinion, virtual general meetings are environmentally friendly, provide easier access to a broader range of shareholders and are 
commensurate with the Company’s ESG policies and responsible business principles. The directors are keen to adopt this change with 
these factors in mind, particularly given that the attendance by external shareholders at the last several AGMs has been less than one 
person on average.
Resolutions 10 and 11 – Disapplication of pre-emption rights on equity issues for cash
Section 561 of the Act requires that a company issuing shares for cash must first offer them to existing shareholders following a 
statutory procedure which, in the case of a rights issue, may prove to be both costly and cumbersome. These resolutions exclude that 
statutory procedure as far as rights issues are concerned. These special resolutions are drawn up in accordance with the Pre-Emption 
Group’s Statement of Principles, and enable the directors to allot shares up to:
(a)	 an aggregate nominal value of £1,335,194.04, which is equal to 10% of the nominal value of the current ordinary share capital of 
the Company, which could be used for any purpose (together with an additional aggregate nominal value of £267,037.90, which 
is equal to 2% of the nominal value of the current ordinary share capital of the Company, which could only be used for making a 
follow-on offer to retail investors or existing investors not allocated shares in the offer); and
(b)	 an additional aggregate nominal value of £1,335,194.04, which is equal to 10% of the nominal value of the current ordinary share 
capital of the Company, which could only be used for an acquisition or specified capital investment (together with an additional 
aggregate nominal value of £267,037.90, which is equal to 2% of the nominal value of the current ordinary share capital of the 
Company, which could only be used for making a follow-on offer to retail investors or existing investors not allocated shares in 
the offer),
subject in each case to resolution 8 being passed. The directors believe that the limited powers provided by these resolutions will 
maintain a desirable degree of flexibility. Unless previously revoked or varied, the disapplications will expire on the conclusion of the 
next Annual General Meeting of the Company or on the date which is 15 months after the relevant resolution being passed (whichever 
is the earlier).

Gateley (Holdings) Plc Annual report and financial statements
147
146
Business overview
Strategic report
Corporate governance
Our financials
Notice of annual general meeting
continued
Resolution 12 – Company’s authority to purchase Ordinary Shares
In certain circumstances it may be advantageous for the Company to purchase its own shares and this resolution seeks the authority 
from shareholders to do so. The Company has sought authority to make market purchases up to an aggregate of 13,351,940 Ordinary 
Shares, representing approximately 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 30 August 2024, being the latest 
practicable date prior to the publication of this notice.
Granting authority for the Company to purchase Ordinary Shares in the market is intended to allow the directors to take advantage 
of opportunities that may arise to increase shareholder value. The directors will exercise this power only when, in the light of market 
conditions prevailing at the time, they believe that the effect of such purchases will be to increase earnings per share and will be likely 
to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. Other investment opportunities, appropriate 
gearing levels and the overall position of the Company will be taken into account when exercising this authority. The price paid for 
shares will not be less than the nominal value of £0.10 per share nor more than 5% above the average of the middle market quotation 
of the Company’s Ordinary Shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately 
preceding the day on which the shares are purchased.
The Company may hold in treasury any of its own shares that it purchases pursuant to the Act and the authority conferred by this 
resolution. This gives the Company the ability to reissue treasury shares quickly and cost-effectively and provides the Company with 
greater flexibility in the management of its capital base. It also gives the Company the opportunity to satisfy employee share scheme 
awards with treasury shares. Once held in treasury, the Company is not entitled to exercise any rights, including the right to attend and 
vote at meetings in respect of shares. Further, no dividend or other distribution of the Company’s assets may be made to the Company 
in respect of the treasury shares.
The directors have no present intention of purchasing Ordinary Shares in the market. The authority given under this resolution will 
lapse, unless renewed, at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or on the date which is 15 months after 
the relevant resolution being passed (whichever is the earlier).
Company information 
	 Registration number
	
09310078
	 Registered office
	
One Eleven Edmund Street
	
Birmingham
	
B3 2HJ
	 Directors
	
RR Waldie	
Chief Executive Officer 
	
V L Garrad	
Chief Operating Officer
	
NA Smith	
Chief Financial Officer and 
	
	
Company Secretary
	
NT Payne	
Non-Executive Chairman
	
JC Lake	
Non-Executive Director
	
CR Jones	
Non-Executive Director
	 Independent auditor
	
MHA 
	
Rutland House
	
148 Edmund Street
	
Birmingham
	
B3 2FD
	 Nominated advisor and broker
	
Panmure Liberum
	
25 Ropemaker Street
	
London
	
EC2Y 9LY
	 Principal bankers
	
HSBC Bank Plc
	
1 Centenary Square
	
Birmingham
	
B1 1HQ
	
Lloyds Bank Plc
	
125 Colmore Row
	
Birmingham
	
West Midlands
	
B3 3SF
	 Registrars
	
Link Group
	
6th Floor
	
65 Gresham Street
	
London
	
EC2V 7NQ
	
	
	
	
	
	 Website
	
www.gateleyplc.com

www.gateleyplc.com
A